Edgar Filing: RIVERVIEW BANCORP INC

riv10k2013.htm

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[X]	ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013OR

[X]	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission File Number: 0-22957

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Washington		91-1838969
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer I.D. Number)

900 Washington St., Ste. 900, Vancouver, Washington		98660
(Address of principal executive offices)		(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code:		(360) 693-6650

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, Par Value $.01 per share		Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
(Title of Each Class)		(Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:		None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes [ ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.

Yes [ ] No [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes [X] No [ ]

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and disclosure will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in any definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer [ ]

Accelerated filer [ ]

Non-accelerated filer [ ]

Smaller Reporting Company [X]

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes [ ] No [X]

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing sales price of the registrant's Common Stock as quoted on the Nasdaq Global Select Market System under the symbol "RVSB" on September 30, 2012 was $30,786,489 (22,471,890 shares at $1.37 per share). As of May 31, 2013, there were issued and outstanding 22,471,890 shares of the registrant’s common stock.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of registrant's Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (Part III).

Table of Contents
PART I		PAGE

Item 1.	Business	4
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	35
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	47
Item 2.	Properties	47
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	47
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	47
PART II
Item 5.	Market of Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	48
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	50
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	52
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk	70
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data	72
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure	107
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	107
Item 9B.	Other Information	108
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	108
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	109
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholders	109
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	109
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	109
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules	110
Signatures		111
Index to Exhibits		112

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

As used in this Form 10-K, the terms “we,” “our” “us”, “Riverview” and “Company” refer to Riverview Bancorp, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, including its wholly-owned subsidiary, Riverview Community Bank, unless the context indicates otherwise.

“Safe Harbor” statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995: When used in this Form 10-K the words “believes,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “forecasts,” “intends,” “plans,” “targets,” “potentially,” “probably,” “projects,” “outlook,” or similar expressions or future or conditional verbs such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “would,” and “could,” or similar expression are intended to identify “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, assumptions and statements about future performance. These forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated, including, but not limited to: the credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and trend of loan delinquencies and write-offs and changes in the Company’s allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses that may be impacted by deterioration in the housing and commercial real estate markets; changes in general economic conditions, either nationally or in the Company’s market areas; changes in the levels of general interest rates, and the relative differences between short and long term interest rates, deposit interest rates, the Company’s net interest margin and funding sources; fluctuations in the demand for loans, the number of unsold homes, land and other properties and fluctuations in real estate values in the Company’s market areas; secondary market conditions for loans and the Company’s ability to sell loans in the secondary market; results of examinations of our bank subsidiary, Riverview Community Bank by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and of the Company by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or other regulatory authorities, including the possibility that any such regulatory authority may, among other things, require the Company to increase its reserve for loan losses, write-down assets, reclassify its assets, change Riverview Community Bank’s regulatory capital position or affect the Company’s ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, which could adversely affect its liquidity and earnings; the Company’s compliance with regulatory enforcement actions entered into with its banking regulators and the possibility that noncompliance could result in the imposition of additional enforcement actions and additional requirements or restrictions on its operations; legislative or regulatory changes that adversely affect the Company’s business including changes in regulatory policies and principles, or the interpretation of regulatory capital or other rules, including as a result of Basel III; the Company’s ability to attract and retain deposits; further increases in premiums for deposit insurance; the Company’s ability to control operating costs and expenses; the use of estimates in determining fair value of certain of the Company’s assets, which estimates may prove to be incorrect and result in significant declines in valuation; difficulties in reducing risks associated with the loans on the Company’s balance sheet; staffing fluctuations in response to product demand or the implementation of corporate strategies that affect the Company’s workforce and potential associated charges; computer systems on which the Company depends could fail or experience a security breach; the Company’s ability to retain key members of its senior management team; costs and effects of litigation, including settlements and judgments; the Company’s ability to implement its business strategies; the Company’s ability to successfully integrate any assets, liabilities, customers, systems, and management personnel it may acquire into its operations and the Company’s ability to realize related revenue synergies and cost savings within expected time frames and any goodwill charges related thereto; increased competitive pressures among financial services companies; changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits; the availability of resources to address changes in laws, rules, or regulations or to respond to regulatory actions; the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock and interest or principal payments on its junior subordinated debentures; adverse changes in the securities markets; inability of key third-party providers to perform their obligations to us; changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the financial institution regulatory agencies or the Financial Accounting Standards Board, including additional guidance and interpretation on accounting issues and details of the implementation of new accounting methods; other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory, and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, pricing, products and services and the other risks described from time to time in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

The Company cautions readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Moreover, you should treat these statements as speaking only as of the date they are made and based only on information then actually known to the Company. The Company does not undertake to revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of anticipated or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements. These risks could cause our actual results for fiscal 2014 and beyond to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements by, or on behalf of, us, and could negatively affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations as well as its stock price performance.

PART I

Item 1. Business

General

Riverview Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company" or “Riverview”), a Washington corporation, is the savings and loan holding company of Riverview Community Bank (the “Bank”). At March 31, 2013, the Company had total assets of $777.0 million, total deposit accounts of $663.8 million and shareholders' equity of $78.4 million. The Company’s executive offices are located in Vancouver Washington.

The Company is subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve Systems (“Federal Reserve”). Substantially all of the Company’s business is conducted through the Bank which is regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency ("OCC"), its primary regulator, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), the insurer of its deposits. The Bank's deposits are insured by the FDIC up to applicable legal limits under the Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF"). The Bank has been a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Seattle since 1937.

As a progressive, community-oriented financial services company, the Company emphasizes local, personal service to residents of its primary market area. The Company considers Clark, Cowlitz, Klickitat and Skamania counties of Washington and Multnomah and Marion counties of Oregon as its primary market area. The counties of Multnomah, Clark and Skamania are part of the Portland metropolitan area as defined by the U.S. Census Bureau. The Company is engaged predominantly in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using such funds in its primary market area to originate commercial business, commercial real estate, multi-family real estate, real estate construction, residential real estate and other consumer loans. Commercial business, commercial real estate and real estate construction loans have increased to 81.5% of the loan portfolio at March 31, 2013 from 80.0% at March 31, 2012. The Company’s strategy over the past several years has been to control balance sheet growth, including the targeted reduction of residential construction related loans, in order to improve its regulatory capital ratios. The Company’s loan portfolio declined over the last fiscal year from $664.9 million to $520.4 million due to the Company’s effort in the past fiscal year to restructure its balance sheet and reduce its overall loans receivable as part of the Company’s asset quality, capital and liquidity strategies

Over the last several years, we have steadily reduced our exposure to speculative construction and land acquisition and development loans through write-downs, collections, modifications and sales of nonperforming loans. Speculative construction loans, consisting of unsold properties under construction, represented $3.5 million, or 87.9% of the residential construction portfolio at March 31, 2013, compared to $10.8 million a year ago, a decline of 67.7%. Total real estate construction loans at March 31, 2013 declined to $9.7 million from $25.8 million a year ago. Land acquisition and development loans were $23.4 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $38.9 million a year ago, which represents a decline of 39.8%. Most recently, the Company’s primary focus has been on increasing commercial business loans and owner occupied commercial real estate loans with a specific focus on medical professionals and the medical industry. The Company executed a planned bulk sale of $31.4 million in single-family mortgage loans to the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) during June 2012 which decreased the overall balance of single-family mortgage loans for the twelve months ended March 31, 2013 compared to the same prior year period. The Company plans to continue to sell conforming, newly originated one-to-four family mortgage loans to the FHLMC.

The Company’s strategic plan includes targeting the commercial banking customer base in its primary market area for loan originations and deposit growth, specifically small and medium size businesses, professionals and wealth building individuals. Most recently, the Company’s primary focus has been on originating commercial business loans and owner occupied commercial real estate loans with a specific focus on medical professionals and the medical industry. In pursuit of these goals, the Company will seek to modestly increase the loan portfolio consistent with its strategic plan and asset/liability and regulatory capital objectives, which includes maintaining a significant amount of commercial and commercial real estate loans in its loan portfolio. Significant portions of our new loan originations carry adjustable rates, higher yields or shorter terms and higher credit risk than traditional fixed-rate mortgages.

At March 31, 2013, checking accounts totaled $204.3 million, or 30.8% of our total deposit mix compared to $223.8 million or 30.1% a year ago. Our strategic plan also stresses increased emphasis on non-interest income, including increased fees for asset management through our trust and financial services company, Riverview Asset Management Corp. (“RAMCorp”), and deposit service charges. The strategic plan is designed to enhance earnings, reduce interest rate risk and provide a more complete range of financial services to customers and the local communities the Company serves. We believe we are well positioned to attract new customers and to increase our market share through our 18 branches,

including ten in Clark County, three in the Portland metropolitan area and three lending centers, including our new full-service branch in Gresham, Oregon.

Market Area

The Company conducts operations from its home office in Vancouver and 18 branch offices located in Camas, Washougal, Stevenson, White Salmon, Battle Ground, Goldendale, Vancouver (seven branch offices) and Longview, Washington and Portland, Gresham, Wood Village and Aumsville, Oregon. RAMCorp, our trust and financial services company is located in downtown Vancouver, Washington. Riverview Mortgage, a mortgage broker division of the Bank, originates mortgage loans for various mortgage companies predominantly in the Vancouver/Portland metropolitan areas, as well as for the Bank. The Bank’s Business and Professional Banking Division, with one lending office in Vancouver and one lending office in Portland, Oregon offers commercial and business banking services. The Bank also operates a lending office for mortgage banking activities.

Vancouver is located in Clark County, Washington, which is just north of Portland, Oregon. Many businesses are located in the Vancouver area because of the favorable tax structure and lower energy costs in Washington as compared to Oregon. Companies located in the Vancouver area include Sharp Microelectronics, Hewlett Packard, Georgia Pacific, Underwriters Laboratory, Wafer Tech, Nautilus, Barrett Business Services, PeaceHealth and Fisher Investments, as well as several support industries. In addition to this industry base, the Columbia River Gorge Scenic Area is a source of tourism, which has helped to transform the area from its past dependence on the timber industry.

There continue to be indications that economic conditions are improving in our market areas from the recent recessionary downturn, however, the pace of recovery has been modest and uneven and ongoing stress in the economy will likely continue to be challenging going forward. Unemployment in Clark County increased while unemployment in Portland, Oregon decreased during the quarter ended March 31, 2013. According to the Washington State Employment Security Department, unemployment in Clark County decreased to 10.1% in March 2013 compared to 11.5% at March 2012. According to the Oregon Employment Department, unemployment in Portland decreased to 7.5% in March 2013 compared to 7.7% at March 2012. Home values at March 31, 2013 and 2012 in the Company’s market area remained lower than home values in 2011 and 2010, due in large part to an increase in the volume of foreclosures and short sales. However, home values have recently stabilized and even shown slight increases during the past fiscal year. According to the Regional Multiple Listing Services (RMLS), inventory levels in Portland, Oregon have fallen to 3.2 months as of March 2013, compared to 5.0 months in March 2012. Inventory levels in Clark County have decreased to 4.4 months as of March 2013, compared to 6.4 months in March 2012 and a peak of 6.7 months in April 2012. Closed home sales in Clark County increased 11.9% in March 2013 compared to March 2012. Closed home sales in Portland increased 14.2% during the same time period. Commercial real estate leasing activity in the Portland/Vancouver area has performed better than the residential real estate market, but it is generally affected by a slow economy later than other indicators. According to Norris Beggs Simpson, commercial vacancy rates have decreased in Clark County and Portland Oregon and were approximately 12.24% and 17.11%, respectively as of March 31, 2013 compared to 16.0% and 22.4%, respectively, at March 31, 2012. The Company has also seen an increase in sales activity for building lots in recent months.

Lending Activities

General. At March 31, 2013, the Company's net loans receivable totaled $520.4 million, or 67.0% of total assets at that date. The principal lending activity of the Company is the origination of loans collateralized by commercial properties and commercial business loans. A substantial portion of the Company's loan portfolio is secured by real estate, either as primary or secondary collateral, located in its primary market area. The Company’s lending activities are subject to the written, non-discriminatory, underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by the Bank’s Board of Directors (“Board”) and management. The customary sources of loan originations are realtors, walk-in customers, referrals and existing customers. The Bank also uses commissioned loan brokers and print advertising to market its products and services. Loans are approved at various levels of management, depending upon the amount of the loan.

Loan Portfolio Analysis. The following table sets forth the composition of the Company's loan portfolio, excluding loans held for sale, by type of loan at the dates indicated.

	At March 31,
	2013					2012					2011					2010					2009
	Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent			Amount		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and construction:
Commercial business	$	71,935		13.42	%	$	87,238		12.74	%	$	85,511		12.44	%	$	108,368		14.76	%	$	127,150		15.87	%
Other real estate mortgage		355,397		66.30			434,763		63.49			461,955		67.19			459,178		62.52			447,652		55.88
Real estate construction		9,675		1.81			25,791		3.76			27,385		3.98			75,456		10.27			139,476		17.41
Total commercial and construction		437,007		81.53			547,792		79.99			574,851		83.61			643,002		87.55			714,278		89.16
Consumer:
Real estate one-to-four family		97,140		18.12			134,975		19.71			110,437		16.06			88,861		12.10			83,762		10.46
Other installment		1,865		0.35			2,042		0.30			2,289		0.33			2,616		0.35			3,051		0.38
Total consumer loans		99,005		18.47			137,017		20.01			112,726		16.39			91,477		12.45			86,813		10.84
Total loans		536,012		100.00	%		684,809		100.00	%		687,577		100.00	%		734,479		100.00	%		801,091		100.00	%
Less:
Allowance for loan losses		15,643					19,921					14,968					21,642					16,974
Total loans receivable, net	$	520,369				$	664,888				$	672,609				$	712,837				$	784,117

Loan Portfolio Composition. The following tables set forth the composition of the Company's commercial and construction loan portfolio based on loan purpose at the dates indicated.

	Commercial		Other Real Estate Mortgage		Real Estate Construction		Commercial & Construction Total
March 31, 2013	(In thousands)

Commercial business	$	71,935	$	-	$	-	$	71,935
Commercial construction		-		-		5,719		5,719
Office buildings		-		86,751		-		86,751
Warehouse/industrial		-		41,124		-		41,124
Retail/shopping centers/strip malls		-		67,472		-		67,472
Assisted living facilities		-		13,146		-		13,146
Single purpose facilities		-		89,198		-		89,198
Land		-		23,404		-		23,404
Multi-family		-		34,302		-		34,302
One-to-four family construction		-		-		3,956		3,956
Total	$	71,935	$	355,397	$	9,675	$	437,007

	Commercial		Other Real Estate Mortgage		Real Estate Construction		Commercial & Construction Total
March 31, 2012	(In thousands)

Commercial business	$	87,238	$	-	$	-	$	87,238
Commercial construction		-		-		13,496		13,496
Office buildings		-		94,541		-		94,541
Warehouse/industrial		-		48,605		-		48,605
Retail/shopping centers/strip malls		-		80,595		-		80,595
Assisted living facilities		-		35,866		-		35,866
Single purpose facilities		-		93,473		-		93,473
Land		-		38,888		-		38,888
Multi-family		-		42,795		-		42,795
One-to-four family construction		-		-		12,295		12,295
Total	$	87,238	$	434,763	$	25,791	$	547,792

Commercial Business Lending. At March 31, 2013, the commercial business loan portfolio totaled $71.9 million or 13.42% of total loans. Commercial business loans are typically secured by business equipment, accounts receivable, inventory or other property. The Company’s commercial business loans may be structured as term loans or as lines of credit. Commercial term loans are generally made to finance the purchase of assets and usually have maturities of five years or less. Commercial lines of credit are typically made for the purpose of providing working capital and usually have a term of one year or less. Lines of credit are made at variable rates of interest equal to a negotiated margin above an index rate and term loans are at either a variable or fixed rate. The Company also generally obtains personal guarantees from financially capable parties based on a review of personal financial statements.

Commercial lending involves risks that are different from those associated with residential and commercial real estate lending. Commercial business loans are primarily made based on the cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The borrower’s cash flow may be unpredictable, and collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Although commercial business loans are often collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event of default is often an insufficient source of repayment because accounts receivable may be uncollectible and inventories may be obsolete or of limited use, among other things. Accordingly, the repayment of commercial business loans depends primarily on the cash flow and credit worthiness of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower.

Other Real Estate Mortgage Lending. At March 31, 2013, the other real estate lending portfolio totaled $355.4 million, or 66.30% of total loans. The Company originates other real estate loans including office buildings, warehouse/industrial, retail, assisted living facilities and single-purpose facilities (collectively “commercial real estate loans”); as well as land and multi-family loans primarily located in its market area. At March 31, 2013, owner occupied properties accounted for 28% and non-owner occupied properties accounted for 72% of the Company’s commercial real estate portfolio.

Commercial real estate and multi-family loans typically have higher loan balances, are more difficult to evaluate and monitor, and involve a higher degree of risk than one-to-four family residential loans. As a result, commercial real estate and multi-family loans are generally priced at a higher rate of interest than residential one-to-four family loans. Often payments on loans secured by commercial properties are dependent on the successful operation and management of the property securing the loan or business conducted on the property securing the loan; therefore, repayment of these loans may be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. Real estate lending is generally considered to be collateral based lending with loan amounts based on predetermined loan to collateral values and liquidation of the underlying real estate collateral being viewed as the primary source of repayment in the event of borrower default. The Company seeks to minimize these risks by generally limiting the maximum loan-to-value ratio to 80% and strictly scrutinizing the financial condition of the borrower, the quality of the collateral and the management of the property securing the loan. Loans are secured by first mortgages and often require specified debt service coverage (“DSC”) ratios depending on the characteristics of the collateral. The Company generally imposes a minimum DSC ratio of 1.20 for loans secured by income producing properties. Rates and other terms on such loans generally depend on our assessment of credit risk after considering such factors as the borrower’s financial condition and credit history, loan-to-value ratio, DSC ratio and other factors.

The Company actively pursues commercial real estate loans. New loan originations within the Company’s market area were very competitive in fiscal year 2013 as stabilizing economic conditions resulted in an increase in loan demand from creditworthy borrowers and permitted existing borrowers with nonaccrual loans to return to a current payment status and refinance elsewhere. The decrease was due to planned reductions in classified and nonperforming loans and principal repayments as part of the Company’s capital and liquidity strategies. At March 31, 2013, the Company had six commercial real estate loans totaling $10.3 million on non-accrual status compared to nine commercial real estate loans totaling $14.0 million at March 31, 2012. For more information concerning risks related to commercial real estate loans, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors – Our emphasis on commercial real estate lending may expose us to increased lending risks.”

Land acquisition and development loans are included in the other real estate mortgage portfolio balance, and represent loans made to developers for the purpose of acquiring raw land and/or for the subsequent development and sale of residential lots. Such loans typically finance land purchases and infrastructure development of properties (i.e. roads, utilities, etc.) with the aim of making improved lots ready for subsequent sales to consumers or builders for ultimate construction of residential units. The primary source of repayment is generally the cash flow from developer sale of lots or improved parcels of land, secondary sources and personal guarantees, which may provide an additional measure of security for such loans. In recent months, statistics reflect an increase in demand and sales of building lots in the Company’s primary market area resulting in an increase in the number of closed sales for land and building lots as compared to previous years. The Company has been successful in reducing its exposure to land acquisition and development loans and plans to only originate these loans on a limited basis to developers that meet the Company’s underwriting standards. At March 31, 2013, land acquisition and development loans totaled $23.4 million, or 4.37% of total loans compared to $38.9 million, or 5.68% of total loans at March 31, 2012. The largest land acquisition and development loan had an outstanding balance at March 31, 2013 of $3.8 million and was performing according to its original payment terms. At March 31, 2013 all of the land acquisition and development loans were secured by properties located in Washington and Oregon. At March 31, 2013, the Company had five land acquisition and development loans totaling $3.3 million on non-accrual status compared to nine land acquisition and development loans totaling $13.0 million on non-accrual status at March 31, 2012.

Real Estate Construction. The Company originates three types of residential construction loans: (i) speculative construction loans, (ii) custom/presold construction loans and (iii) construction/permanent loans. The Company also originates construction loans for the development of business properties and multi-family dwellings. All of the Company’s real estate construction loans were made on properties located in Washington and Oregon.

The composition of the Company’s construction loan portfolio including undisbursed funds was as follows:

	At March 31,
	2013					2012
	Amount (1)		Percent			Amount (1)		Percent
	(Dollars in thousands)
Speculative construction	$	5,718		35.77	%	$	11,460		34.87	%
Commercial/multi-family construction		6,495		40.63			19,096		58.11
Custom/presold construction		2,898		18.13			202		0.61
Construction/permanent		875		5.47			2,106		6.41
Total	$	15,986		100.00	%	$	32,864		100.00	%

(1) Includes undisbursed funds of $6.3 million and $7.1 million at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

The Company proactively manages its construction loan portfolio and has continued to be successful at reducing its overall exposure to residential construction and commercial construction loans. At March 31, 2013, the balance of the Company’s construction loan portfolio, including loan commitments, was $16.0 million compared to $32.9 million at March 31, 2012. The $16.9 million reduction was a result of loan repayments and charge-offs reflecting the Company’s efforts to reduce its exposure to these types of loans. The Company plans to continue to proactively manage its construction loan portfolio in fiscal year 2014. The Company has significantly slowed the origination of new construction loans and only originating new construction loans to facilitate the sale of existing loans or real estate owned (“REO”) properties; or on a very limited basis to selected borrowers.

Speculative construction loans are made to home builders and are termed “speculative” because the home builder does not have, at the time of loan origination, a signed contract with a home buyer who has a commitment for permanent financing with either the Company or another lender for the finished home. The home buyer may be identified either during or after the construction period, with the risk that the builder will have to service the speculative construction loan and finance real estate taxes and other carrying costs of the completed home for a significant time after the completion of construction until a home buyer is identified. Included in speculative construction loans are loans to finance the construction of townhouses totaling $1.3 million. At March 31, 2013, the $1.3 million was comprised of one borrower with an outstanding loan balance of $1.2 million and was secured by properties located in the Company’s market area and one loan totaling $175,000 that was on non-accrual status.

The composition of speculative construction and land acquisition and development loans by geographical area is as follows:

	Northwest Oregon		Other Oregon		Southwest Washington		Other Washington		Other		Total
March 31, 2013	(In thousands)

Land development	$	4,674	$	1,339	$	17,391	$	-	$	-	$	23,404
Speculative construction		-		175		3,011		291		-		3,477
Total land and spec construction	$	4,674	$	1,514	$	20,402	$	291	$	-	$	26,881

March 31, 2012

Land development	$	6,044	$	3,672	$	24,472	$	-	$	4,700	$	38,888
Speculative construction		1,246		6,117		3,006		392		-		10,761
Total land and spec construction	$	7,290	$	9,789	$	27,478	$	392	$	4,700	$	49,649

Unlike speculative construction loans, presold construction loans are made for homes that have buyers. Presold construction loans are made to homebuilders who, at the time of construction, have a signed contract with a home buyer who has a commitment for permanent financing for the finished home from the Company or another lender. Custom construction loans are made to the homeowner. Custom/presold construction loans are generally originated for a term of 12 months. At March 31, 2013, the Company had no custom construction loans in its portfolio. At March 31, 2013 the Company had 14 presold construction loans with an outstanding balance of $1.4 million that were performing according to original repayment terms.

Construction/permanent loans are originated to the homeowner rather than the homebuilder along with a commitment by the Company to originate a permanent loan to the homeowner to repay the construction loan at the completion of construction. The construction phase of a construction/permanent loan generally lasts six to nine months. At the completion of construction, the Company may either originate a fixed rate mortgage loan or an adjustable rate mortgage (“ARM”) loan or use its mortgage brokerage capabilities to obtain permanent financing for the customer with another lender. At completion of construction, the interest rate of the Company-originated fixed rate permanent loan is set at a market rate. For adjustable rate loans, the interest rates adjust on their first adjustment date. See “—Mortgage Brokerage,” and “—Mortgage Loan Servicing.” At March 31, 2013, construction/permanent loans totaled $479,000 of which the largest had an outstanding balance of $400,000 and was performing according to its original repayment terms. At March 31, 2013, the Company had no construction/permanent loans on non-accrual status.

The Company provides construction financing for non-residential business properties and multi-family dwellings. At March 31, 2013, such loans totaled $5.7 million, or 59.11% of total real estate construction loans and 1.07% of total loans. Borrowers may be the business owner/occupier of the building who intend to operate their business from the property upon construction, or non-owner developers. The expected source of repayment of these loans is typically the sale or refinancing of the project upon completion of the construction phase. In certain circumstances, the Company may provide or commit to take-out financing upon construction. Take-out financing is subject to the project meeting specific underwriting guidelines. No assurance can be given that such take-out financing will be available upon project completion. These loans are secured by

office buildings, retail rental space, mini storage facilities, assisted living facilities and multi-family dwellings located in the Company’s market area. At March 31, 2013, the largest commercial construction loan had a balance of $2.6 million and was performing according to its original repayment terms. At March 31, 2013, the Company had no commercial construction loans on non-accrual status.

Construction lending affords the Company the opportunity to achieve higher interest rates and fees with shorter terms to maturity than the rates and fees generated by its single-family permanent mortgage lending. Construction lending, however, generally involves a higher degree of risk than single-family permanent mortgage lending because of the inherent difficulty in estimating both a property’s value at completion of the project and the estimated cost of the project, as well as the time needed to sell the property at completion. The nature of these loans is such that they are generally more difficult to evaluate and monitor. Because of the uncertainties inherent in estimating construction costs, as well as the market value of the completed project and the effects of governmental regulation of real property, it is relatively difficult to evaluate accurately the total funds required to complete a project and the related loan-to-value ratio. This type of lending also typically involves higher loan principal amounts and is often concentrated with a small number of builders. As a result, construction loans often involve the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the ultimate project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or refinance the indebtedness, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. If the appraisal of the value of the completed project proves to be overstated, we may have inadequate security for the repayment of the loan upon completion of construction of the project and may incur a loss. For additional information concerning the risks related to construction lending, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors – Our real estate construction and land acquisition and development loans are based upon estimates of costs and the value of the completed project.”

The Company has originated construction and land acquisition and development loans where a component of the cost of the project was the interest required to service the debt during the construction period of the loan, sometimes known as interest reserves. The Company allows disbursements of this interest component as long as the project is progressing as originally projected and if there has been no deterioration in the financial standing of the borrower or the underlying project. If the Company makes a determination that there is such deterioration, or if the loan becomes nonperforming, the Company halts any disbursement of those funds identified for use in paying interest. In some cases, additional interest reserves may be taken by use of deposited funds or through credit lines secured by separate and additional collateral.

Consumer Lending. Consumer loans totaled $99.0 million at March 31, 2013, comprised of $69.0 million of one-to-four family mortgage loans, $23.7 million of home equity lines of credit, $4.4 million of land loans to consumers for the future construction of one-to-four family homes and other secured and unsecured consumer loans, totaling $1.9 million at March 31, 2013.

One-to-four family residences located in the Company’s primary market area secure the majority of the residential loans. Underwriting standards require that one-to-four family portfolio loans generally be owner occupied and that loan amounts not exceed 80% (95% with private mortgage insurance) of the lesser of current appraised value or cost of the underlying collateral. Terms typically range from 15 to 30 years. The Company also offers balloon mortgage loans with terms of either five or seven years and originates both fixed rate mortgages and ARMs with repricing based on the one-year constant maturity U.S. Treasury index or other index. At March 31, 2013, the Company had 15 residential real estate loans totaling $3.1 million on non-accrual status compared to 16 loans totaling $3.9 million at March 31, 2012. All of these loans were secured by properties located in Oregon and Washington.

The Company originates a variety of installment loans, including loans for debt consolidation and other purposes, automobile loans, boat loans and savings account loans. These consumer loans generally entail greater risk than do residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by assets that depreciate rapidly, such as mobile homes, automobiles, boats and recreational vehicles. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no installment loans on non-accrual status.

Loan Maturity. The following table sets forth certain information at March 31, 2013 regarding the dollar amount of loans maturing in the Company’s portfolio based on their contractual terms to maturity, but does not include potential prepayments. Demand loans, loans having no stated schedule of repayments and no stated maturity and overdrafts are reported as due in one year or less. Loan balances are reported net of deferred fees.

	Within 1 Year		1 – 3 Years		After 3 – 5 Years		After 5 – 10 Years		Beyond 10 Years		Total
Commercial and construction:	(In thousands)
Commercial business	$	27,732	$	10,140	$	17,529	$	16,365	$	169	$	71,935
Other real estate mortgage		46,867		59,447		105,737		134,761		8,585		355,397
Real estate construction		4,093		276		-		102		5,204		9,675
Total commercial & construction		78,692		69,863		123,266		151,228		13,958		437,007
Consumer:
Real estate one-to-four family		3,121		5,062		2,625		9,226		77,106		97,140
Other installment		79		570		356		773		87		1,865
Total consumer		3,200		5,632		2,981		9,999		77,193		99,005
Total loans	$	81,892	$	75,495	$	126,247	$	161,227	$	91,151	$	536,012

The following table sets forth the dollar amount of all loans due after one year from March 31, 2013, which have fixed interest rates and have adjustable interest rates.

	Fixed Rate		Adjustable Rate		Total
	(In thousands)
Commercial and Construction:
Commercial business	$	24,580	$	19,623	$	44,203
Other real estate mortgage		61,506		247,024		308,530
Real estate construction		1,150		4,432		5,582
Total commercial and construction		87,236		271,079		358,315
Consumer:
Real estate one-to-four family		62,490		31,529		94,019
Other installment		1,281		505		1,786
Total consumer		63,771		32,034		95,805
Total loans	$	151,007	$	303,113	$	454,120

Loan Commitments. The Company issues commitments to originate commercial loans, other real estate mortgage loans, construction loans, residential mortgage loans and other installment loans conditioned upon the occurrence of certain events. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Commitments to originate loans are conditional, and are honored for up to 45 days subject to the Company’s usual terms and conditions. Collateral is not required to support commitments. At March 31, 2013, the Company had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $29.7 million, compared to $22.5 million at March 31, 2012.

Mortgage Brokerage. In addition to originating mortgage loans for retention in its portfolio, the Company employs three commissioned brokers who originate mortgage loans (including construction loans) for various mortgage companies, as well as for the Company. The loans brokered to mortgage companies are closed in the name of, and funded by the purchasing mortgage company and are not originated as an asset of the Company. In return, the Company receives a fee ranging from 1.5% to 2.0% of the loan amount that it shares with the commissioned broker. Loans brokered to the Company are closed on the Company's books and the commissioned broker receives a portion of the origination fee. During the year ended March 31, 2013, brokered loans totaled $57.6 million (including $38.0 million brokered to the Company), compared to $34.5 million of brokered loans in fiscal year 2012. Gross fees of $1.8 million, which includes brokered loan fees and loans sold to Federal Home Loan Mortgage Company (“FHLMC”), were earned for the year ended March 31, 2013. The interest rate environment has a strong influence on the loan volume and amount of fees generated from the mortgage broker activity. In general, during periods of rising interest rates the volume of loans and the amount of loan fees generally decrease as a result of slower mortgage loan demand. Conversely, during periods of falling interest rates, the volume of loans and the amount of loan fees generally increase as a result of the increased mortgage loan demand.

Mortgage Loan Servicing. The Company is a qualified servicer for the FHLMC. The Company generally sells fixed-rate residential one-to-four mortgage loans that it originates with maturities of 15 years or more and balloon mortgages to the FHLMC as part of its asset liability strategy. Mortgage loans are sold to FHLMC on a non-recourse basis whereby foreclosure losses are the responsibility of FHLMC and not the Company. The Company's general policy is to close its residential loans on the FHLMC modified loan documents to facilitate future sales to FHLMC. Upon sale, the Company continues to collect payments on the loans, to supervise foreclosure proceedings, and to otherwise service the loans. At March 31, 2013, total loans serviced for others were $125.7 million, of which $119.9 million were serviced for the FHLMC.

Nonperforming Assets. Loans are reviewed regularly and it is the Company’s general policy that when a loan is 90 days delinquent or when collection of principal or interest appears doubtful, it is placed on non-accrual status, at which time the accrual of interest ceases and a reserve for any unrecoverable accrued interest is established and charged against operations. Payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to reduce the outstanding principal balance on a cash-basis method.

Nonperforming assets were $36.8 million or 4.73% of total assets at March 31, 2013 compared with $62.9 million or 7.35% of total assets at March 31, 2012. The Company also had net charge-offs totaling $5.2 million during fiscal 2013 compared to $24.4 million during fiscal 2012. Credit quality challenges have lessened in the past fiscal year and the real estate market in our primary market area has seen improvements. While the Company did not engage in any sub-prime lending programs, the effect on home values, housing markets and construction lending from problems associated with sub-prime and other non-traditional mortgage lending programs contributed substantially to the increased levels of builder and developer delinquencies during recent periods. Although it appears the economic conditions have stabilized, a prolonged weak economy in our market area could result in increases in nonperforming assets, increases in the provision for loan losses and charge-offs in the future.

Over the last several years, management has successfully reduced the level of loans within its speculative construction loans and land acquisition and development loans. At March 31, 2013, the Company’s residential construction and land acquisition and development loan portfolios were $4.0 million and $23.4 million, respectively as compared to $12.3 million and $38.9 million at March 31, 2012. The percentage of nonperforming loans in the residential construction and land acquisition and development portfolios was 4.42% and 13.96%, respectively as compared to 63.08% and 33.39%, respectively, a year ago. For the year ended March 31, 2013, the charge-off (recovery) ratio for the residential construction and land development portfolios was (1.07%) and 2.37%, respectively compared to 13.51% and 22.92%, respectively, at March 31, 2012.

Nonperforming loans were $21.1 million or 3.94% of total loans at March 31, 2013 compared with $44.2 million or 6.45% of total loans at March 31, 2012. Nonperforming loans decreased as a result of the Company’s aggressive efforts to work out problem loans, seek full repayment or pursue foreclosure proceedings. At March 31, 2013, nonperforming loans consisted of 37 loans to 30 borrowers ranging in size from $24,000 to $6.5 million. Commercial real estate loans represent the largest portion of our nonperforming loans, totaling $10.3 million, or 48.8%, of the total nonperforming loan balance at March 31, 2013. However, nonperforming commercial real estate loans decreased $3.7 million compared to March 31, 2012. The remaining balance includes nine commercial loans to eight borrowers totaling $1.3 million, one multi-family loan to one borrower totaling $3.0 million, five land acquisition and development loans totaling $3.3 million, one speculative construction loan totaling $175,000 and 15 residential real estate loans to 14 borrowers totaling $3.1 million. All of these loans are to borrowers with properties located in Oregon and Washington. At March 31, 2013, 24 of the Company’s nonperforming loans, totaling $19.6 million or 92.82% of total nonperforming loans, were measured for impairment. These loans have been charged down to their estimated fair market value less selling costs. The reserve associated with these impaired loans totaled $299,000 at March 31, 2013. At March 31, 2013, the largest single nonperforming loan was a commercial real estate loan totaling $6.5 million. Net charge-offs for this property totaled $123,000 for fiscal year 2013. This loan was measured for impairment and determined that a specific reserve was not required since the loan has been charged down to its estimated market value less selling costs.

The balance of nonperforming assets included $15.6 million in REO at March 31, 2013. The REO was comprised of single-family homes totaling $365,000, residential building lots totaling $2.2 million, commercial real estate property totaling $5.2 million and land development property totaling $7.8 million. All of the REO properties are located in Oregon and Washington. As a result of the decline in real estate values and the Company’s decision to aggressively price its REO properties for quicker liquidation, the Company had $5.0 million in write-downs on existing REO properties during fiscal year 2013. Total REO sales were $12.3 million during fiscal year 2013. Maintenance and operating expenses for these properties totaled $807,000 during fiscal year 2013. The orderly resolution of nonperforming loans and REO properties remains a priority for management. Because of the uncertain real estate market, no assurance can be given as to the timing of ultimate disposition of such assets or that the selling price will be at or above the carrying value. Continued declines in market values in our area could lead to additional valuation adjustments, which would have an adverse effect on our results of operations.

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s nonperforming assets.

	At March 31,
	2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
	(In thousands)
Loans accounted for on a non-accrual basis:
Commercial business	$	1,349	$	3,930	$	2,871	$	6,430	$	6,018
Other real estate mortgage		16,550		28,562		4,289		15,079		7,316
Real estate construction		175		7,756		4,206		11,826		12,720
Consumer		3,059		3,915		957		2,676		1,329
Total		21,133		44,163		12,323		36,011		27,383
Accruing loans which are contractually past due 90 days or more		-		-		-		-		187
Total nonperforming loans		21,133		44,163		12,323		36,011		27,570
REO		15,638		18,731		27,590		13,325		14,171
Total nonperforming assets	$	36,771	$	62,894	$	39,913	$	49,336	$	41,741

Foregone interest on non-accrual loans	$	1,420	$	2,313	$	1,950	$	2,753	$	2,020

The following table sets forth information regarding the Company’s nonperforming assets by loan type and geographical area.

	Northwest Oregon		Other Oregon		Southwest Washington		Other Washington		Other		Total
March 31, 2013	(In thousands)

Commercial business	$	94	$	169	$	1,086	$	-	$	-	$	1,349
Commercial real estate		2,638		-		7,379		298		-		10,315
Multi-family		-		2,968		-		-		-		2,968
Land		-		800		2,467		-		-		3,267
One-to-four family construction		-		175		-		-		-		175
Consumer		349		401		1,703		606		-		3,059
Total nonperforming loans		3,081		4,513		12,635		904		-		21,133
REO		1,637		5,272		6,548		2,181		-		15,638
Total nonperforming assets	$	4,718	$	9,785	$	19,183	$	3,085	$	-	$	36,771

March 31, 2012

Commercial business	$	194	$	746	$	2,990	$	-	$	-	$	3,930
Commercial real estate		1,867		-		9,735		-		2,348		13,950
Multi-family		627		1,000		-		-		-		1,627
Land		-		1,902		6,383		-		4,700		12,985
One-to-four family construction		1,246		6,117		393		-		-		7,756
Consumer		678		189		3,048		-		-		3,915
Total nonperforming loans		4,612		9,954		22,549		-		7,048		44,163
REO		2,477		5,863		6,825		3,566		-		18,731
Total nonperforming assets	$	7,089	$	15,817	$	29,374	$	3,566	$	7,048	$	62,894

In addition to the nonperforming assets set forth in the table above, at March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had other loans of concern totaling $31.7 million and $41.9 million, respectively. Other loans of concern at March 31, 2013 consisted of 39 loans to 23 borrowers. Included in other loans of concern at March 31, 2013 were 12 commercial loans totaling $2.5 million (the largest of which was $500,000), 22 commercial real estate loans totaling $27.3 million (the largest of which was $4.9 million), two multifamily loans totaling $879,000 and three land acquisition and development loans totaling $1.0 million. Other loans of concern consist of loans where the borrowers have cash flow problems, or the collateral securing the respective loans may be inadequate. In either or both of these situations, the borrowers may be unable to comply with the present loan repayment terms, and the loans may subsequently be included in the non-accrual category. Management considers the allowance for loan losses to be adequate to cover the probable losses inherent in these and other loans.

At March 31, 2013, loans delinquent 30 to 89 days were 1.74% of total loans compared to 1.29% at March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013, the 30 to 89 day delinquency rate in our commercial business loan portfolio was 0.47%. The 30 to 89 day delinquency rate in our commercial real estate (“CRE”) portfolio was 2.13%. CRE loans represent the largest portion of our loan portfolio at 55.54% of total loans and the commercial business loans represent 13.42% of total loans.

Trouble debt restructurings (“TDRs”) are loans where the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial condition, has granted a concession to the borrower that it would otherwise not consider. A TDR typically involves a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or face amount of the loan, a reduction of accrued interest, or an extension of the maturity date(s) at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk.

TDRs are considered impaired loans and as such, when a loan is deemed to be impaired, the amount of the impairment is measured using discounted cash flows using the original note rate, except when the loan is collateral dependent. In these cases, the estimated fair value of the collateral, less selling costs (when applicable), are used. Impairment is recognized as a specific component within the allowance for loan losses if the value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. When the amount of the impairment represents a confirmed loss, it is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. At March 31, 2013, the Company had TDRs totaling $16.5 million of which $10.3 million were on accrual status. However, all of the Company’s TDRs are paying as agreed except for one of the Company’s TDRs that totaled $441,000 at March 31, 2013 that defaulted subsequent to modification. The related amount of interest income recognized on these TDRs was $534,000 for the year ended March 31, 2013.

The Company has determined that, in certain circumstances, it is appropriate to split a loan into multiple notes. This typically includes a non-performing charged-off loan that is not supported by the cash flow of the relationship and a performing loan that is supported by the cash flow. These may also be split into multiple notes to align portions of the loan balance with the various sources of repayment when more than one exists. Generally the new loans are restructured based on customary underwriting standards. In situations where they were not, the policy exception qualifies as a concession, and the borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, the loans are accounted for as TDRs.

The Company’s general policy related to TDRs is to perform a credit evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for repayment under the revised terms. This evaluation includes consideration of the borrower’s sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable period of time. A sustained period of repayment performance generally would be a minimum of six months, and may include repayments made prior to the restructuring date. If repayment of principal and interest appears doubtful, it is placed on non-accrual status.

In accordance with the Company’s policy guidelines, unsecured loans are generally charged-off when no payments have been received for three consecutive months unless an alternative action plan is in effect. Consumer installment loans delinquent six months or more that have not received at least 75% of their required monthly payment in the last 90 days are charged-off. In addition, loans discharged in bankruptcy proceedings are charged-off. Loans under bankruptcy protection with no payments received for four consecutive months will be charged-off. The outstanding balance of a secured loan that is in excess of the net realizable value is generally charged-off if no payments are received for four to five consecutive months. However, charge-offs are postponed if alternative proposals to restructure, obtain additional guarantors, obtain additional assets as collateral or a potential sale would result in full repayment of the outstanding loan balance. Once any of these or other potential sources of repayment are exhausted the impaired portion of the loan is charged-off, unless an updated valuation of the collateral reveals no impairment. Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, once an amount is determined to be a confirmed loan loss it is promptly charged off.

Asset Classification. The OCC has adopted various regulations regarding problem assets of savings institutions. The regulations require that each insured institution review and classify its assets on a regular basis. In addition, in connection with examinations of insured institutions, OCC examiners have authority to identify problem assets and, if appropriate, require them to be classified. There are three classifications for problem assets: substandard, doubtful and loss (collectively “classified loans”). Substandard assets have one or more defined weaknesses and are characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Doubtful assets have the weaknesses of substandard assets with the additional characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values questionable, and there is a high possibility of loss. An asset classified as loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as an asset of the institution is not warranted.

When the Company classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, we may establish a specific allowance in an amount we deem prudent to address the risk specifically or we may allow the loss to be addressed in the general allowance. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been specifically allocated to particular problem assets. When a problem asset is classified by us as a loss, we are required to charge off the asset in the period in which it is deemed uncollectible.

The aggregate amount of the Company's classified loans, general loss allowances, specific loss allowances and charge-offs were as follows at the dates indicated:

	At or For the Year
	Ended March 31,
	2013		2012
	(In thousands)
Classified loans	$	52,845	$	86,029

General loss allowances		14,924		18,319
Specific loss allowances		719		1,602
Net charge-offs		5,178		24,397

All of the loans on non-accrual status as of March 31, 2013 were categorized as classified loans. Classified loans at March 31, 2013 were comprised of one real estate construction loans totaling $175,000, 21 commercial business loans totaling $3.8 million (the largest of these loans totaling $500,000), eight land acquisition and development loans totaling $4.3 million (the largest of which was $928,000), 15 one-to-four family real estate loans totaling $3.1 million, three multi-family loans totaling $3.8 million (the largest of which was $3.0 million) and 28 commercial real estate loans totaling $37.6 million (the largest of which was $6.5 million).

Allowance for Loan Losses. The Company maintains an allowance for loan losses to provide for probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. The adequacy of the allowance is evaluated monthly to maintain the allowance at levels sufficient to provide for inherent losses existing at the balance sheet date. The key components to the evaluation are the Company’s internal loan review function by its credit administration, which reviews and monitors the risk and quality of the loan portfolio; as well as the Company’s external loan reviews and its loan classification systems. Credit officers are expected to monitor their portfolios and make recommendations to change loan grades whenever changes are warranted. Credit administration approves any changes to loan grades and monitors loan grades. For additional discussion of the Company’s methodology for assessing the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies."

At March 31, 2013, the Company had an allowance for loan losses of $15.6 million, or 2.92% of total loans. The decrease in the balance of the allowance for loan losses at March 31, 2013 compared to a year ago reflects the decreased levels of non-performing and classified loans, decreased charge-offs, the decline in the loan portfolio and recently stabilizing real estate values. Nonperforming loans decreased $23.0 million and 30-89 day delinquent loans increased $486,000 during the year ended March 31, 2013. Classified loans were $52.8 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $86.0 million at March 31, 2012. The decrease in nonperforming and classified assets can be attributed to the Company’s efforts to reduce its level of nonperforming and classified assets through write-downs, collections and modifications.

The coverage ratio of allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans was 74.02% at March 31, 2013 compared to 45.11% at March 31, 2012. This coverage ratio increased from March 31, 2012 primarily as a result of the decrease in nonperforming loans. At March 31, 2013, 24 of the Company’s nonperforming loans, totaling $19.6 million or 92.82% of total nonperforming loans, were measured for impairment, with all of these loans being considered collateral dependent. The additional reserves associated with these impaired loans totaled $299,000 at March 31, 2013. The Company’s general valuation allowance to non-impaired loans was 2.96% at March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Management considers the allowance for loan losses to be adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on the assessment of various factors affecting the loan portfolio and the Company believes it has established its existing allowance for loan losses in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“generally accepted accounting principles” or "GAAP"). However, a further decline in local economic conditions, results of examinations by the Company’s regulators, or other factors could result in a material increase in the allowance for loan losses and may adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, there can be no assurance that the existing allowance for loan losses will be adequate or that substantial increases will not be necessary should the quality of any loans deteriorate or should collateral values further decline as a result of the factors discussed elsewhere in this document. The following table sets forth an analysis of the Company's allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011			2010			2009
	(Dollars in thousands)
Balance at beginning of year	$	19,921		$	14,968		$	21,642		$	16,974		$	10,687
Provision for loan losses		900			29,350			5,075			15,900			16,150
Recoveries:
Commercial and construction
Commercial business		118			29			7			5			25
Other real estate mortgage		1,263			103			31			1			-
Real estate construction		228			3			7			76			-
Total commercial and construction		1,609			135			45			82			25
Consumer
Real estate one-to-four family		138			12			11			7			-
Other installment		1			3			2			-			2
Total consumer		139			15			13			7			2
Total recoveries		1,748			150			58			89			27
Charge-offs:
Commercial and construction
Commercial business		1,606			2,801			2,371			2,466			1,311
Other real estate mortgage		3,869			16,895			4,404			3,836			5,913
Real estate construction		141			2,101			4,329			3,737			2,073
Total commercial and construction		5,616			21,797			11,104			10,039			9,297
Consumer
Real estate one-to-four family		1,238			2,694			682			1,232			361
Other installment		72			56			21			50			232
Total consumer		1,310			2,750			703			1,282			593

Total charge-offs		6,926			24,547			11,807			11,321			9,890

Net charge-offs		5,178			24,397			11,749			11,232			9,863


Balance at end of year	$	15,643		$	19,921		$	14,968		$	21,642		$	16,974
Ratio of allowance to total loans outstanding at end of year		2.92	%		2.91	%		2.18	%		2.95	%		2.12	%
Ratio of net charge-offs to average net loans outstanding during year		0.86			3.51			1.67			1.48			1.24
Ratio of allowance to total nonperforming loans		74.02			45.11			121.46			60.10			61.57

The Company’s allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The Company’s specific allowance decreased from prior year due to a decrease in the balance of impaired loans during the year. The general component also decreased from prior year due to a decrease in the balance of classified and non-performing loans and a decrease in charge-offs during the year. The unallocated component has remained elevated compared to historical levels as a result of the continued economic uncertainly.

The following table sets forth the breakdown of the allowance for loan losses by loan category and is based on applying a specific loan loss factor to the outstanding balances of related loan category as of the date of the allocation for the periods indicated.

	At March 31,
	2013					2012					2011					2010					2009
	Amount		Loan Category as a Percent of Total Loans			Amount		Loan Category as a Percent of Total Loans			Amount		Loan Category as a Percent of Total Loans			Amount		Loan Category as a Percent of Total Loans			Amount		Loan Category as a Percent of Total Loans
	(Dollars in thousands)
Commercial and construction:
Commercial business	$	2,128		13.42	%	$	2,688		12.74	%	$	1,822		12.44	%	$	3,181		14.76	%	$	2,668		15.87	%
Other real estate mortgage		8,539		66.30			11,626		63.49			8,919		67.19			10,028		62.52			6,475		55.88
Real estate construction		221		1.81			412		3.76			820		3.98			5,137		10.27			4,592		17.41

Consumer:
Real estate one-to-four family		2,868		18.12			3,220		19.71			1,294		16.06			1,522		12.10			1,148		10.46
Other installment		81		0.35			54		0.30			45		0.33			52		0.35			61		0.38
Unallocated		1,806		-			1,921		-			2,068		-			1,722		-			2,030		-

Total allowance for loan loss	$	15,643		100.00	%	$	19,921		100.00	%	$	14,968		100.00	%	$	21,642		100.00	%	$	16,974		100.00	%

Investment Activities

The Board sets the investment policy of the Company. The Company's investment objectives are: to provide and maintain liquidity within regulatory guidelines; to maintain a balance of high quality, diversified investments to minimize risk; to provide collateral for pledging requirements; to serve as a balance to earnings; and to optimize returns. The policy permits investment in various types of liquid assets permissible under OCC regulation, which includes U.S. Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, "bank qualified" municipal bonds, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks, repurchase agreements, federal funds and mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”), but does not permit investment in non-investment grade bonds. The policy also dictates the criteria for classifying securities into one of three categories: held to maturity, available for sale or trading. At March 31, 2013, no investment securities were held for trading. See Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Critical Accounting Policies."

At March 31, 2013, the Company’s investment portfolio totaled $6.8 million, primarily consisting of $5.0 million in U.S. agency securities available-for-sale, $431,000 in mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale, and $1.2 million in trust preferred securities available-for-sale. This compares with a total investment portfolio of $8.0 million at March 31, 2012, primarily consisting of $5.0 million in U.S. agency securities available-for-sale, $974,000 in mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale, and $1.2 million in a trust preferred securities available-for-sale. At March 31, 2013, the Company owned no privately issued mortgage-backed securities. The real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICS”) consists of FHLMC and Fannie Mae (“FNMA”) securities. The Company does not believe that it has any exposure to sub-prime lending in its mortgage-backed securities portfolio. See Note 4 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information.

The following table sets forth the investment securities portfolio and carrying values at the dates indicated.

	At March 31,
	2013					2012					2011
	Carrying Value		Percent of Portfolio			Carrying Value		Percent of Portfolio			Carrying Value		Percent of Portfolio
	(Dollars in thousands)
Held to maturity (at amortized cost):
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities	$	31		0.46	%	$	69		0.87	%	$	78		0.89	%
FNMA mortgage-backed securities		94		1.39			102		1.28			112		1.27
Municipal securities		-		-			493		6.20			506		5.76
		125		1.85			664		8.35			696		7.92
Available for sale (at fair value):
Agency securities		4,978		73.51			4,999		62.87			4,864		55.32
REMICs		237		3.50			329		4.14			433		4.92
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities		191		2.82			636		8.00			1,304		14.83
FNMA mortgage-backed securities		3		0.04			9		0.11			40		0.45
Municipal securities		-		-			149		1.87			540		6.14
Trust preferred securities		1,238		18.28			1,166		14.66			916		10.42
		6,647		98.15			7,288		91.65			8,097		92.08
Total investment securities	$	6,772		100.00	%	$	7,952		100.00	%	$	8,793		100.00	%

The following table sets forth the maturities and weighted average yields in the securities portfolio at March 31, 2013.

	Less Than One Year				One to Five Years				More Than Five to Ten Years				More Than Ten Years
	Amount		Weighted Average Yield (1)		Amount		Weighted Average Yield (1)		Amount		Weighted Average Yield (1)		Amount		Weighted Average Yield (1)
	(Dollars in thousands)
Agency securities	$	-	-	%	$	-	-	%	$	4,978	1.00	%	$	-	-	%

REMICs		-	-			58	5.00			-	-			179	1.36
FHLMC mortgage- backed securities		52	4.00			139	4.00			11	2.37			20	4.17
FNMA mortgage- backed securities		-	-			5	6.50			-	-			92	2.52
Trust preferred securities		-	-			-	-			-	-			1,238	6.61
Total	$	52	4.00	%	$	202	4.35	%	$	4,989	1.00	%	$	1,529	5.72	%

(1) For available for sale securities carried at fair value, the weighted average yield is computed using amortized cost without a tax equivalent adjustment for tax-exempt obligations.

Investment securities available-for-sale were $6.2 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $6.3 million at March 31, 2012. Management reviews investment securities quarterly for the presence of other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”), taking into consideration current market conditions, the extent and nature of changes in fair value, issuer rating changes and trends, financial condition of the underlying issuers, current analysts’ evaluations, the Company’s ability and intent to hold investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, as well as other factors. A $1.2 million investment security that the Company currently holds is a collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”) secured by trust preferred securities issued by other bank holding companies. There was no impairment charge of this security for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011. Management believes that it is probable that principal payments will exceed the Company’s recorded investment in this security, that the Company does not intend to sell this security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell this security before the anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

At March 31, 2013, the market for the Company’s CDO was determined to be inactive in management’s judgment. This determination was made by the Company after considering the last known trade date for this specific security, the low number of transactions for similar types of securities, the significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which these securities trade, the low number of new issuances for similar securities, the significant increase in the implied liquidity risk premium for similar securities, the lack of information that is released publicly and discussions with third-party industry analysts. Due to the inactivity in the market, observable market data was not readily available for all significant inputs for this security. Accordingly, the trust preferred pooled security was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Consistent with previous valuations, the Company determined that an income approach valuation technique (using cash flows and present value techniques) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs was the most appropriate valuation technique. Management used significant unobservable inputs that reflect our assumptions of what a market participant would use to price this security. Significant unobservable inputs included selecting an appropriate discount rate, default rate and repayment assumptions. The Company estimated the discount rate by comparing rates for similarly rated corporate bonds, with additional consideration given to market liquidity. The default rates and repayment assumptions were estimated based on the individual issuer’s financial condition, historical repayment information, as well as our future expectations of the capital markets. Using this information, the Company estimated the fair value of the security at March 31, 2013 to be $1.2 million.

Additionally, the Company received two independent Level 3 valuation estimates for this security. Those valuation estimates were based on proprietary pricing models utilizing significant unobservable inputs. Although the Company’s estimate of fair value fell outside the range of valuations provided, the magnitude in the range of fair value estimates further supported the difficulty in estimating the fair value for these types of securities in the current environment. Additionally, the Company believes that some of the assumptions used by the independent parties were overly aggressive and unrealistic. Therefore, the Company believes its valuation at March 31, 2013 is reasonable.

For additional information on our Level 3 fair value measurements see Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2013 and 2012,” “Fair Value of Level 3 Assets,” and Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of the Form 10-K.

Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds

General. Deposits, loan repayments and loan sales are the major sources of the Company's funds for lending and other investment purposes. Loan repayments are a relatively stable source of funds, while deposit inflows and outflows and loan prepayments are significantly influenced by general interest rates and money market conditions. Borrowings may be used on a short-term basis to compensate for reductions in the availability of funds from other sources. They may also be used on a longer-term basis for general business purposes.

Deposit Accounts. The Company attracts deposits from within its primary market area by offering a broad selection of deposit instruments, including demand deposits, negotiable order of withdrawal ("NOW") accounts, money market accounts, regular savings accounts, certificates of deposit and retirement savings plans. The Company has focused on building customer relationships deposits which includes both business and consumer depositors. Deposit account terms vary according to the minimum balance required, the time periods the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate, among other factors. In determining the terms of its deposit accounts, the Company considers the rates offered by its competition, profitability to the Company, matching deposit and loan products and customer preferences and concerns.

The following table sets forth the average balances of deposit accounts offered by the Company at the dates indicated.

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013					2012					2011
	Average Balance		Average Rate			Average Balance		Average Rate			Average Balance		Average Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)
Non-interest-bearing demand	$	127,048		0.00	%	$	110,959		0.00	%	$	91,167		0.00	%
Interest checking		86,091		0.16			96,764		0.29			81,279		0.29
Regular savings accounts		49,394		0.19			40,345		0.31			34,124		0.47
Money market accounts		228,269		0.26			234,325		0.45			214,490		0.86
Certificates of deposit		206,565		0.89			248,696		1.17			287,109		1.51
Total	$	697,367		0.38	%	$	731,089		0.60	%	$	708,169		0.93	%

Deposit accounts totaled $663.8 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $744.5 million at March 31, 2012. The Company did not have any wholesale-brokered deposits at March 31, 2013 and 2012. The Company continues to focus on core deposits and growth around customer relationships as opposed to obtaining deposits through the wholesale markets. The Company has continued to experience increased competition for customer deposits within its market area. Customer branch deposit balances decreased $62.0 million since March 31, 2012. The decrease was a result of the Company’s targeted efforts to reduce higher costing deposits and to control our asset size. The largest component of the decrease in customer branch deposits was a $28.0 million reduction in a deposit concentration with the Company’s largest depositor. The Company also experienced some reduction in deposit accounts due to the expiration of the FDIC’s transaction guarantee program. Non customer branch deposits also decrease due to an $11.8 million reduction in trust account deposits from RAMCorp and a $15.9 million reduction in internet based deposits. The Company had $35.8 million, or 5.4% of total deposits, in Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (“CDARS”) and Insured Cash Sweep (“ICS”) deposits, which were gathered from customers within the Company’s primary market-area. CDARS and ICS deposits allow customers access to FDIC insurance on deposits exceeding the $250,000 FDIC insurance limit. The Company is currently under the direction of a Supervisory Letter Directive regarding the Bank’s ability to increase and hold brokered deposits, including the Bank’s reciprocal CDARS and ICS programs, to no more than 20% of total deposits. For additional information regarding our deposit accounts, see Note 10 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of the Form 10-K.

At March 31, 2013 and 2012, deposits from RAMCorp totaled $4.9 million and $16.7 million, respectively. These deposits were included in interest bearing and non-interest bearing accounts and represent assets under management by RAMCorp. At March 31, 2013, the Company also had $9.9 million in deposits from public entities located in the State of Washington and Oregon, all of which were fully covered by FDIC insurance or secured by pledged collateral.

The Company is enrolled in an internet deposit listing service. Under this listing service, the Company may post certificates of deposit rates on an internet site where institutional investors have the ability to deposit funds with the Company. At

March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $5.9 million and $21.9 million, respectively, in deposits through this listing service. The Company plans to continue to reduce its balance of internet based deposits during fiscal year 2014. Furthermore, the Company may utilize the internet deposit listing service to purchase certificates of deposit at other financial institutions.

Deposit growth remains a key strategic focus for the Company and our ability to achieve deposit growth, particularly growth in core deposits, is subject to many risk factors including the effects of competitive pricing pressures, changing customer deposit behavior, and increasing or decreasing interest rate environments. Adverse developments with respect to any of these risk factors could limit the Company’s ability to attract and retain deposits and could have a material negative impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

The following table presents the amount and weighted average rate of certificates of deposit equal to or greater than $100,000 at March 31, 2013.

Maturity Period	Amount		Weighted Average Rate
	(Dollars in thousands)
Three months or less	$	27,259		0.50	%
Over three through six months		18,868		0.62
Over six through 12 months		31,905		0.70
Over 12 Months		29,954		1.51
Total	$	107,986		0.86	%

Borrowings. Deposits are the primary source of funds for the Company's lending and investment activities and for its general business purposes. The Company relies upon advances from the FHLB and borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRB”) to supplement its supply of lendable funds and to meet deposit withdrawal requirements. Advances from the FHLB and borrowings from the FRB are typically secured by the Bank's commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, first mortgage loans and investment securities. At March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Bank had no FHLB advances or FRB borrowings.

The FHLB functions as a central reserve bank providing credit for member financial institutions. As a member, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the FHLB and is authorized to apply for advances on the security of such stock and certain of its mortgage loans and other assets (primarily securities which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States) provided certain standards related to creditworthiness have been met. The FHLB determines specific lines of credit for each member institution and the Bank has a line of credit with the FHLB equal to 30% of its total assets to the extent the Bank provides qualifying collateral and holds sufficient FHLB stock. At March 31, 2013, the Bank had an available credit facility of $242.3 million, which is limited to available pledged collateral.

The Bank also has a borrowing arrangement with the FRB with an available credit facility of $66.1 million, subject to pledged collateral, as of March 31, 2013.

	Year Ended March 31,
		2013			2012			2011
		(Dollars in thousands)
Maximum amounts of FHLB advances outstanding at any month end	$	-		$	-		$	28,000
Average FHLB advances outstanding		3			3			6,877
Weighted average rate on FHLB advances		0.55	%		0.25	%		0.73	%

Maximum amounts of FRB borrowings outstanding at any month end	$	-		$	-		$	-
Average FRB borrowings outstanding		3			11			192
Weighted average rate on FRB borrowings		0.75	%		0.75	%		0.50	%

At March 31, 2013, the Company had two wholly-owned subsidiary grantor trusts totaling $22.7 million for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and common securities. The trust preferred securities accrue and pay distributions periodically at specified annual rates as provided in trust agreements. The trusts used the net proceeds from each of the offerings to purchase a like amount of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) of the Company. The Debentures

are the sole assets of the trusts. The Company’s obligations under the Debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of the trusts. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the Debentures, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indentures. The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole or in part on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indentures governing the Debentures plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date. The Company also has the right to defer the payment of interest on each of the Debentures for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters, provided that the deferral period does not extend beyond the stated maturity. During such deferral period, distributions on the corresponding trust preferred securities will also be deferred and the Company may not pay cash dividends to the holders of shares of our common stock. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on its outstanding $22.7 million aggregate principal amount of Debentures and distributions on the corresponding trust preferred securities are also being deferred. The Company continued with the interest deferral through March 31, 2013. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had deferred a total of $3.3 million of interest payments. The common securities issued by the grantor trusts were purchased by the Company, and the Company’s investment in the common securities of $681,000 at March 31, 2013 and 2012 is included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets included in the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of the Form 10-K. See also Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Taxation

For details regarding the Company’s taxes, see Item 8 – “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data - Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Personnel

As of March 31, 2013, the Company had 238 full-time equivalent employees, none of whom are represented by a collective bargaining unit. The Company believes its relationship with its employees is good.

Corporate Information

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 900 Washington Street, Vancouver, Washington 98660. Its telephone number is (360) 693-6650. The Company maintains a website with the address www.riverviewbank.com. The information contained on the Company’s website is not included as a part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Other than an investor’s own internet access charges, the Company makes available free of charge through its website the Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has electronically filed such material with, or furnished such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Subsidiary Activities

Under OCC regulations, the Bank is authorized to invest up to 3% of its assets in subsidiary corporations, with amounts in excess of 2% only if primarily for community purposes. At March 31, 2013, the Bank’s investments of $1.1 million in Riverview Services, Inc. (“Riverview Services”), its wholly owned subsidiary, and $3.3 million in RAMCorp, an 85% owned subsidiary, were within these limitations.

Riverview Services acts as a trustee for deeds of trust on mortgage loans granted by the Bank, and receives a reconveyance fee for each deed of trust. Riverview Services had net income of $26,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and total assets of $1.1 million at that date. Riverview Services’ operations are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company contained in Item 8 of the Form 10-K.

RAMCorp is an asset management company providing trust, estate planning and investment management services. RAMCorp commenced business in December 1998 and had net income of $393,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and total assets of $4.1 million at that date. RAMCorp earns fees on the management of assets held in fiduciary or agency capacity. At March 31, 2013, total assets under management totaled $337.5 million. RAMCorp’s operations are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Executive Officers. The following table sets forth certain information regarding the executive officers of the Company.

Name	Age (1)	Position
Patrick Sheaffer	73	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
Ronald A. Wysaske	60	President and Chief Operating Officer
David A. Dahlstrom	62	Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer
Kevin J. Lycklama	35	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Richard S. Michalek	68	Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer
John A. Karas	64	Executive Vice President
James D. Baldovin	54	Executive Vice President Retail Banking
Kim J. Capeloto	51	Executive Vice President Marketing and Operations

(1) At March 31, 2013

Patrick Sheaffer is Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, positions he has held since February 2004. Prior to February 2004, Mr. Sheaffer served as Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since its inception in 1997. He became Chairman of the Board of the Bank in 1993. Mr. Sheaffer joined the Bank in 1963. He is responsible for leadership and management of the Company. Mr. Sheaffer is active in numerous professional and civic organizations.

Ronald A. Wysaske is President and Chief Operating Officer of the Bank, positions he has held since February 2004. Prior to February 2004, Mr. Wysaske served as Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer of the Bank from 1981 to 2004 and of the Company since its inception in 1997. He joined the Bank in 1976. Mr. Wysaske is responsible for daily operations and management of the Bank. He holds an M.B.A. from Washington State University and is active in numerous professional, educational and civic organizations.

David A. Dahlstrom is Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer and is responsible for credit administration related to its commercial, mortgage and consumer loan activities. Prior to joining Riverview in May 2002, Mr. Dahlstrom spent 14 years with First Interstate Bank and progressed through a number of management positions, including serving as Senior Vice President of the Business Banking Group in Portland. In 1999, Mr. Dahlstrom joined a regional bank as Executive Vice President/Community Banking, responsible for all branch operations and small business banking. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree and M.B.A.

Kevin J. Lycklama is Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, positions he has held since February 2008. Prior to February 2008, Mr. Lycklama served as Vice President and Controller of the Bank since 2006. Prior to joining Riverview, Mr. Lycklama spent five years with a local public accounting firm advancing to the level of audit manager. He is responsible for accounting, SEC reporting as well as treasury functions for the Bank and the Company. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from Washington State University and is a certified public accountant.

Richard S. Michalek is Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer of the Company, a position he has held since June 2012. Mr. Michalek is responsible for all of the Bank’s lending division related to commercial, real estate and consumer loan activities. Prior to joining Riverview in 2001, Mr. Michalek spent seven years at Northwest National Bank where he was a commercial loan officer and later managed the retail banking loan center. Mr. Michalek also spent 19 years at Seattle First National Bank/Bank of America in various capacities. Mr. Michalek holds a Bachelor of Arts and M.B.A. from Seattle University and is a graduate of the Pacific Coast Banking School.

John A. Karas is Executive Vice President of the Bank and also serves as Chairman of the Board, President and CEO of its subsidiary, RAMCorp. Mr. Karas has been employed by the Company since 1999 and has over 30 years of trust experience. He is familiar with all phases of the trust business and his experience includes trust administration, trust legal counsel, investments and real estate. Mr. Karas received his B.A. from Willamette University and his Juris Doctor degree from Lewis & Clark Law School’s Northwestern School of Law. He is a member of the Oregon, Multnomah County and American Bar Associations and is a Certified Trust and Financial Advisor. Mr. Karas is also active in numerous civic organizations.

James D. Baldovin is Executive Vice President of Retail Banking and is responsible for the Bank’s branch banking network, customer service, sales and community development. Mr. Baldovin has been employed by the Bank since January 2003 and has over 30 years of banking expertise in developing and leading sales and service cultures. He holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Linfield College and is a graduate of the Pacific Coast Banking School.

Kim J. Capeloto is Executive Vice President of Marketing, Operations and Information Technology. Mr. Capeloto has been employed by the Bank since September 2010. Mr. Capeloto has over 30 years of banking expertise serving as regional manager for Union Bank of California and Wells Fargo Bank directing small business and personal banking activities. Prior to joining the Bank, Mr. Capeloto held the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Greater Vancouver Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Capeloto is active in numerous professional and civic organizations.

REGULATION

The following is a brief description of certain laws and regulations, which are applicable to the Company and the Bank. The description of these laws and regulations, as well as descriptions of laws and regulations contained elsewhere herein, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations.

Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress (“Congress”) that may affect the Company’s and Bank’s operations. In addition, the regulations governing the Company and the Bank may be amended from time to time by the OCC, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or the SEC, as appropriate. Any such legislation or regulatory changes in the future could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial condition. We cannot predict whether any such changes may occur.

General

As a federally chartered savings institution, the Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the OCC, as its primary federal regulator, and the FDIC, as the insurer of its deposits. Additionally, the Company is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve Board as its primary federal regulator. The Bank is a member of the FHLB System and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. The Bank must file reports with the OCC and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition in addition to obtaining regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other financial institutions. There are periodic examinations by the OCC, the Federal Reserve and under certain circumstances, the FDIC, to evaluate the Bank’s safety and soundness and compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulatory structure establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which the Bank may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. Any change in such policies, whether by the OCC, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on the Company and the Bank and their operations.

Federal Regulation of Savings Institutions

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The OCC has extensive authority over the operations of savings institutions. As part of this authority, the Bank is required to file periodic reports with the OCC and is subject to periodic examinations by the OCC. The OCC also has extensive enforcement authority over all savings institutions, including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and initiate prompt corrective action orders. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with the OCC. Except under certain circumstances, public disclosure of final enforcement actions by the OCC is required by law.

In January 2009, the Bank entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), at the time the Bank’s primary regulator. Following the transfer of the responsibilities and authority of the OTS to the OCC on July 21, 2011, the MOU was enforced by the OCC. On January 25, 2012, the Bank entered into a formal written agreement (“Agreement”) with the OCC. Upon effectiveness of the Agreement, the MOU was terminated by the OCC. The Agreement will remain in effect and enforceable until modified, waived or terminated in writing by the OCC.

Entry into the Agreement does not change the Bank’s “well capitalized” status as of the date of this Form 10-K. The Agreement is based on the findings of the OCC during its on-site examination of the Bank as of June 30, 2011 (“OCC Exam”). Since the completion of the OCC Exam, the Bank’s Board of Directors (“Board”) and its management have already successfully implemented initiatives and strategies to address and resolve a number of the issues noted in the Agreement. The Bank continues to work in cooperation with its regulators to bring its policies and procedures into conformity with the requirements contained in the Agreement.

Under the Agreement, the Bank is required to take the following actions: (a) refrain from paying dividends without prior OCC non-objection; (b) adopt, implement and adhere to a three year capital plan, including objectives, projections and implementation strategies for the Bank’s overall risk profile, dividend policy, capital requirements, primary capital structure sources and alternatives, various balance sheet items, as well as systems to monitor the Bank’s progress in meeting the plans, goals and objectives of the plan; (c) add a credit risk management function and appoint a Chief Lending Officer that is

independent from the credit risk management function; (d) update the Bank’s credit policy and not grant, extend, renew or alter any loan over $250,000 without meeting certain requirements set forth in the Agreement; (e) adopt, implement and adhere to a program to ensure that risk associated with the Bank’s loans and other assets is properly reflected on the Bank’s books and records; (f) adopt, implement and adhere to a program to reduce the Bank’s criticized assets; (g) retain a consultant to perform semi-annual asset quality reviews of the Bank’s loan portfolio; (h) adopt, implement and adhere to policies related to asset diversification and reducing concentrations of credit; and (i) submit quarterly progress reports to the OCC regarding various aspects of the foregoing actions.

The Bank’s Board must ensure that the Bank has the processes, personnel and control systems in place to ensure implementation of, and adherence to, the requirements of the Agreement. In connection with this requirement, the Bank’s Board has appointed a compliance committee to submit reports to the OCC and to monitor and coordinate the Bank’s performance under the Agreement. The Bank believes it is currently in compliance with all of the requirements of the Agreement through its normal business operations. These requirements will remain in effect until modified or terminated by the OCC.

The Bank has also separately agreed to the OCC establishing higher minimum capital ratios for the Bank, specifically that the Bank maintain a Tier 1 capital (leverage) ratio of not less than 9.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of not less than 12.00%. As of March 31, 2013, the Bank’s Tier 1 capital (leverage) ratio was 9.99% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 15.29%.

All savings institutions are required to pay assessments to the OCC to fund the agency's operations. The general assessments, paid on a semi-annual basis, are determined based on the savings institution's total assets, including consolidated subsidiaries. The Bank's OCC assessment for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 was $323,000.

The Bank's general permissible lending limit for loans-to-one-borrower is equal to the greater of $500,000 or 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus (except for loans fully secured by certain readily marketable collateral, in which case this limit is increased to 25% of unimpaired capital and surplus). At March 31, 2013, the Bank's lending limit under this restriction was $13.5 million and, at that date, the Bank’s largest lending relationship with one borrower was $10.2 million, which consisted of two commercial business loans. Each of these loans were performing according to their original payment terms at March 31, 2013.

The OCC’s oversight of the Bank includes reviewing its compliance with the customer privacy requirements imposed by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (“GLBA”) and the anti-money laundering provisions of the USA Patriot Act. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley privacy requirements place limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information with unaffiliated third parties. They also require each financial institution offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with its privacy policy and with the opportunity to “opt out” of the sharing of their personal information with unaffiliated third parties. The USA Patriot Act significantly expands the responsibilities of financial institutions in preventing the use of the United States financial system to fund terrorist activities. Its anti-money laundering provisions require financial institutions operating in the United States to develop anti-money laundering compliance programs and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. These compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations.

The OCC, as well as the other federal banking agencies, has adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan underwriting and documentation, asset quality, earnings standards, internal controls and audit systems, interest rate risk exposure and compensation and other employee benefits. Any institution that fails to comply with these standards must submit a compliance plan.

New Proposed Capital Rules. On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve and FDIC approved proposed rules that would substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company and the Bank. The proposed rules implement the "Basel III" regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). "Basel III" refers to various documents released by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision. The proposed rules were subject to a public comment period that has expired and there is no date set for the adoption of final rules.

The proposed rules include new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which would be phased in during 2013 and 2014, and would refine the definitions of what constitutes "capital" for purposes of calculating those ratios. The proposed new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the proposals would be: (i) a new

common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The proposed rules would also establish a "capital conservation buffer" of 2.5% above each of the new regulatory minimum capital ratios which would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions.

The proposed rules also implement other revisions to the current capital rules such as recognition of all unrealized gains and losses on available for sale debt and equity securities, and provide that instruments that will no longer qualify as capital would be phased out over time.

The federal bank regulatory agencies also proposed revisions to the prompt corrective action framework, which is designed to place restrictions on insured depository institutions, including the Bank, if their capital levels begin to show signs of weakness. These revisions would take effect January 1, 2015. Under the prompt corrective action requirements, insured depository institutions would be required to meet the following increased capital level requirements in order to qualify as "well capitalized": (i) a new common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 6.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 8% (increased from 6%); (iii) a total risk-based capital ratio of 10% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 5% (unchanged from the current rules).

The proposed rules set forth certain changes for the calculation of risk-weighted assets, which the Bank would be required to utilize beginning January 1, 2015. The proposed rule utilizes an increased number of credit risk and other exposure categories and risk weights, and also addresses: (i) a proposed alternative standard of creditworthiness consistent with Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act; (ii) revisions to recognition of credit risk mitigation; (iii) rules for risk weighting of equity exposures and past due loans; and (iv) revised capital treatment for derivatives and repo-style transactions.

In particular, the proposed rules would expand the risk-weighting categories from the current four categories (0%, 20%, 50% and 100%) to a much larger and more risk-sensitive number of categories, generally ranging from 0% for U.S. government and agency securities, to 600% for certain equity exposures. Higher risk weights would apply to a variety of exposure categories. Specifics include, among others:

•	Applying a 150% risk weight instead of a 100% risk weight for certain high volatility commercial real estate acquisition, development and construction loans.

•

For residential mortgage exposures, the current approach of a 50% risk weight for high-quality seasoned mortgages and a 100% risk-weight for all other mortgages is replaced with a risk weight of between 35% and 200% depending upon the mortgage's loan-to-value ratio and whether the mortgage is a "category 1" or "category 2" residential mortgage exposure (based on eight criteria that include, among others, the term, seniority of the lien, use of negative amortization, balloon payments and certain rate increases).

•	Assigning a 150% risk weight to exposures (other than residential mortgage exposures) that are 90 days past due.

•	Providing for a 20% credit conversion factor for the unused portion of a commitment with an original maturity of one year or less that is not unconditionally cancellable (currently set at 0%).

•	Providing for a 100% risk weight for claims on securities firms.

•	Eliminating the current 50% cap on the risk weight for over the counter derivatives.

We cannot predict when new capital regulations will be adopted in final form.

Federal Home Loan Bank System. The Bank is a member of the FHLB of Seattle, which is one of 12 regional FHLBs that administer the home financing credit function of savings institutions. Each FHLB serves as a reserve or central bank for its members within its assigned region. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the FHLB System. It makes loans or advances to members in accordance with policies and procedures, established by the Board of Directors of the FHLB, which are subject to the oversight of the Federal Housing Finance Board. All advances from the FHLB are required to be fully secured by sufficient collateral as determined by the FHLB. In addition, all long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. See Business – “Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds – Borrowings.”

As a member, the Bank is required to purchase and maintain stock in the FHLB. At March 31, 2013, the Bank had $7.2 million in FHLB stock, which was in compliance with this requirement. The FHLB has reported a risk-based capital deficiency under the regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”), its primary regulator as of December 31, 2008, and stated that it would suspend future dividends and the repurchase and redemption of outstanding common stock. As a result, the FHLB has stopped paying a dividend since the fourth quarter of 2008. In September 2012, the FHLB announced that the FHFA now considers the it to be adequately capitalized. The FHLB also announced that it had been granted authority to repurchase up to $25 million of excess capital stock per quarter, provided they receive a non-objection from the FHFA. As of March 31, 2013, the FHLB repurchased $196,300 of its stock, at par, from the Bank. The FHLB is not anticipated to resume dividend payments until its financial results improve. The FHLB has not indicated when dividend payments may resume. The Bank has not recorded an other-than-temporary impairment on its investment in FHLB stock. However, continued deterioration in the FHLB’s financial position may result in impairment in the value of those securities, or the requirement that the Bank contribute additional funds to recapitalize the FHLB, or reduce the Bank’s ability to borrow funds from the FHLB, which may impair the Bank’s ability to meet liquidity demands. We will continue to monitor the financial condition of the FHLB as it relates to, among other things, the recoverability of the Bank’s investment.

The FHLBs have continued and continue to contribute to low- and moderately-priced housing programs through direct loans or interest subsidies on advances targeted for community investment and low- and moderate-income housing projects. These contributions have in the past affected adversely the level of FHLB dividends paid and could continue to do so in the future if dividend payments resume. These contributions could also have an adverse effect on the value of FHLB stock in the future. A reduction in value of the Bank's FHLB stock may result in a corresponding reduction in the Bank's capital.

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. The DIF of the FDIC insures deposit accounts in the Bank up to $250,000 per separately insured depositor. Noninterest bearing transaction accounts had unlimited coverage until December 31, 2012. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. The Bank’s deposit insurance premiums for the year ended March 31, 2013 were $1.5 million. Those premiums have increased in recent years due to recent strains on the FDIC deposit insurance fund due to the cost of large bank failures and increases in the number of troubled banks.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC's deposit insurance assessments to be based on assets instead of deposits. The FDIC has issued rules, effective as of the second quarter of 2011, which specify that the assessment base for a bank is equal to its total average consolidated assets less average tangible capital. The FDIC assessment rates range from approximately 2.5 basis points to 45 basis points, depending on applicable adjustments for unsecured debt issued by an institution and brokered deposits (and to further adjustment for institutions that hold unsecured debt of other FDIC-insured institutions), until such time as the FDIC's reserve ratio equals 1.15%. Once the FDIC's reserve ratio reaches 1.15% and the reserve ratio for the immediately prior assessment period is less than 2.0%, the applicable assessment rates may range from 1.5 basis points to 40 basis points (subject to adjustments as described above). If the reserve ratio for the prior assessment period is equal to, or greater than 2.0% and less than 2.5%, the assessment rates may range from one basis point to 38 basis points and if the prior assessment period is greater than 2.5%, the assessment rates may range from a half basis point to 35 basis points (in each case subject to adjustments as described above. No institution may pay a dividend if it is in default on its federal deposit insurance assessment.

As a result of a decline in the reserve ratio (the ratio of the DIF to estimated insured deposits) and concerns about expected failure costs and available liquid assets in the DIF, the FDIC adopted a rule requiring each insured institution to prepay on December 30, 2009 the estimated amount of its quarterly assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and all quarters through the end of 2012 (in addition to the regular quarterly assessment for the third quarter which was due on December 30, 2009). The prepaid amount is recorded as an asset with a zero risk weight and the institution will continue to record quarterly expenses for deposit insurance. For purposes of calculating the prepaid amount, assessments were measured at the institution’s assessment rate as of September 30, 2009, with a uniform increase of 3 basis points effective January 1, 2011, and were based on the institution’s assessment base for the third quarter of 2009, with growth assumed quarterly at annual rate of 5%. If events cause actual assessments during the prepayment period to vary from the prepaid amount, institutions will pay excess assessments in cash or receive a rebate of prepaid amounts not exhausted after collection of assessments due on June 30, 2013, as applicable. Collection of the prepayment does not preclude the FDIC from changing assessment rates or revising the risk-based assessment system in the future. The rule includes a process for exemption from the prepayment for institutions whose safety and soundness would be affected adversely. The Bank prepaid $5.4 million in FDIC assessments during December 2009, which will be expensed until the prepaid amount has been fully utilized. The balance of the prepaid assessment was $631,000 at March 31, 2013.

As insurer, the FDIC is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the DIF. The FDIC also has the authority to take enforcement actions against banks and savings associations. The FDIC may terminate the deposit insurance of any insured depository institution if it determines after a hearing that the institution has engaged or is engaging in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed by an agreement with the FDIC. It also may suspend deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance if the institution has no tangible capital. If insurance of accounts is terminated, the accounts at the institution at the time of the termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period of six months to two years, as determined by the FDIC. Management is not aware of any existing circumstances which would result in termination of the deposit insurance of the Bank.

Prompt Corrective Action. The OCC is required to take certain supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings institutions, the severity of which depends upon the institution's degree of undercapitalization. Generally, an institution that has a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 8%, a ratio of tier 1 (core) capital to risk-weighted assets of less than 4%, or a ratio of core capital to total assets of less than 4% (3% or less for institutions with the highest examination rating) is considered to be "undercapitalized." An institution that has a total risk-based capital ratio less than 6%, a tier 1 capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be "significantly undercapitalized" and an institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be "critically undercapitalized." Subject to a narrow exception, the OCC is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings institution that is "critically undercapitalized." OCC regulations also require that a capital restoration plan be filed with the OCC within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized" or "critically undercapitalized." In addition, numerous mandatory supervisory actions become immediately applicable to an undercapitalized institution, including, but not limited to, increased monitoring by regulators and restrictions on growth, capital distributions and expansion. “Significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to more extensive mandatory regulatory actions. The OCC also could take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors. At March 31, 2013, the Bank’s capital ratios met the "well capitalized" standards. For additional information see “-Capital Requirements.”

Qualified Thrift Lender Test. All savings institutions, including the Bank, are required to meet a qualified thrift lender ("QTL") test to avoid certain restrictions on their operations. This test requires a savings institution to have at least 65% of its total assets, as defined by regulation, in qualified thrift investments on a monthly average for nine out of every 12 months on a rolling basis. As an alternative, the savings institution may maintain 60% of its assets in those assets specified in Section 7701(a) (19) of the Internal Revenue Code ("Code"). Under either test, such assets primarily consist of residential housing related loans and investments.

Any institution that fails to meet the QTL test must either become a national bank or be prohibited from making new investments or engaging in activities not allowed for both a national bank and a savings association, from establishing a new branch unless such branch is allowable for a national bank, and from paying dividends unless allowable for a national bank; unless within one year it meets the test, and thereafter remains a qualified thrift lender. Any holding company of an institution that fails the test and does not re-qualify within a year must become a bank holding company. If such an institution has not converted to a bank within three years after it failed the test, it must divest of any investments and cease any activities not permissible for both a national bank and a savings association. The Company does not believe that any of its investments or operating activities would be prohibited under such circumstances. As of March 31, 2013, the Bank maintained 89.70% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and therefore met the QTL test.

Capital Requirements. Federally insured savings institutions, such as the Bank, are required by the OCC to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital. These minimum capital standards include: a 1.5% tangible capital to total assets ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS examination rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio. In addition, the prompt corrective action standards, discussed above, also establish, in effect, a minimum 2% tangible capital standard, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for institutions receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS system) and, together with the risk-based capital standard itself, a 4% tier 1 risk-based capital standard. The OCC regulations also require that, in meeting the tangible, leverage and risk-based capital standards, institutions must generally deduct investments in and loans to subsidiaries engaged in activities as principal that are not permissible for a national bank.

The risk-based capital standard requires federal savings institutions to maintain tier 1 (core) and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In

determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, recourse obligations, residual interests and direct credit substitutes, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the OCC capital regulation based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Tier 1 (core) capital is defined as common stockholders’ equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital currently include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital.

The OCC also has authority to establish individual minimum capital requirements for financial institutions. As previously discussed, in January 2012, the Bank agreed to the OCC establishing minimum capital ratios for the Bank in excess of the minimum capital standards required under OCC’s Prompt Corrective Actions. Specifically, the Bank must achieve and maintain tier 1 (core) leverage ratio of 9% and total risk-based capital ratio of 12%. As of March 31, 2013, the Bank’s Tier 1 capital (leverage) ratio was 9.99% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 15.29%. For additional information, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors – We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.” and Note 15 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Limitations on Capital Distributions. OCC regulations impose various restrictions on savings institutions with respect to their ability to make distributions of capital, which include dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, cash-out mergers and other transactions charged to the capital account. Generally, savings institutions, such as the Bank, that before and after the proposed distribution are well-capitalized, may make capital distributions during any calendar year equal to up to 100% of net income for the year-to-date plus retained net income for the two preceding years. However, an institution deemed to be in need of more than normal supervision by the OCC, such as the Bank, may have its dividend authority restricted by the OCC. In accordance with the provisions of the Agreement, and the written agreement with the Federal Reserve, the Bank may not pay dividends to the Company without prior approval of the OCC and Federal Reserve. For additional information, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors – We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.”

Generally, savings institutions proposing to make any capital distribution need not submit written notice to the OCC prior to such distribution unless they are a subsidiary of a holding company or would not remain well capitalized following the distribution. Savings institutions that do not, or would not meet their current minimum capital requirements following a proposed capital distribution or propose to exceed these net income limitations, must obtain OCC approval prior to making such distribution. The OCC may object to the distribution during that 30-day period based on safety and soundness concerns. See "- Capital Requirements."

Activities of Associations and their Subsidiaries. When a savings institution establishes or acquires a subsidiary or elects to conduct any new activity through a subsidiary that the association controls, the savings institution must file a notice or application with the FDIC and the OCC at least 30 days in advance and receive regulatory approval or non-objection. Savings institutions also must conduct the activities of subsidiaries in accordance with existing regulations and orders.

The OCC may determine that the continuation by a savings institution of its ownership control of, or its relationship to, the subsidiary constitutes a serious risk to the safety, soundness or stability of the association or is inconsistent with sound banking practices or with the purposes of the FDIC. Based upon that determination, the FDIC or the OCC has the authority to order the savings institution to divest itself of control of the subsidiary. The FDIC also may determine by regulation or order that any specific activity poses a serious threat to the Deposit Insurance Fund. If so, it may require that no FDIC insured institution engage in that activity directly.

Transactions with Affiliates. The Bank’s authority to engage in transactions with “affiliates” is limited by OCC regulations and by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W. The term “affiliates” for these purposes generally means any company that controls or is under common control with an institution. The Company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries are affiliates of the Bank. In general, transactions with affiliates must be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. In addition, certain types of transactions are restricted to an aggregate percentage of the institution’s capital. Collateral in specified amounts must be provided by affiliates in order to receive loans from an institution. In addition, savings institutions are

prohibited from lending to any affiliate that is engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and no savings institution may purchase the securities of any affiliate other than a subsidiary.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley Act") generally prohibits a company from making loans to its executive officers and directors. However, that act contains a specific exception for loans by a depository institution to its executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking laws. Under such laws, the Bank’s authority to extend credit to executive officers, directors and 10% stockholders of the Bank and its affiliates (“insiders”), as well as entities such persons control is limited. The law restricts both the individual and aggregate amount of loans the Bank may make to insiders based, in part, on the Bank’s capital position and requires certain Board approval procedures to be followed. Such loans must be made on terms substantially the same as those offered to unaffiliated individuals and not involve more than the normal risk of repayment. There is an exception for loans made pursuant to a benefit or compensation program that is widely available to all employees of the institution and does not give preference to insiders over other employees. There are additional restrictions applicable to loans to executive officers.

Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”), every FDIC-insured institution has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with safe and sound banking practices to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution's discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with the examination of the Bank, to assess the institution's record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take such record into account in its evaluation of certain applications, such as a merger or the establishment of a branch, by the Bank. An unsatisfactory rating may be used as the basis for the denial of an application by the OCC. Due to the heightened attention being given to the CRA in the past few years, the Bank may be required to devote additional funds for investment and lending in its local community. The Bank received a satisfactory rating during its most recent examination.

Enforcement. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over savings institutions and has the authority to bring action against all "institution-affiliated parties," including shareholders, and any attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers or directors, receivership, conservatorship or termination of deposit insurance. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and can range from $25,000 to $1.1 million per day. The FDIC has the authority to recommend to the OCC that enforcement action be taken with respect to a particular savings institution. If action is not taken by the Director, the FDIC has authority to take such action under certain circumstances. Federal law also establishes criminal penalties for certain violations.

Standards for Safety and Soundness. As required by statute, the federal banking agencies have adopted Interagency Guidelines prescribing Standards for Safety and Soundness. The guidelines set forth the safety and soundness standards that the federal banking agencies use to identify and address problems at insured depository institutions before capital becomes impaired. If the OCC determines that a savings institution fails to meet any standard prescribed by the guidelines, the OCC may require the institution to submit an acceptable plan to achieve compliance with the standard.

Federal Reserve System. The Federal Reserve Board requires all depository institutions to maintain non-interest bearing reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts, primarily checking, NOW and Super NOW checking accounts. At March 31, 2013, the Bank was in compliance with these reserve requirements. The balances maintained to meet the reserve requirements imposed by the Federal Reserve Board may be used to satisfy any liquidity requirements that may be imposed by the OCC.

Commercial Real Estate Lending Concentrations. The federal banking agencies have issued guidance on sound risk management practices for concentrations in commercial real estate lending. The particular focus is on exposure to commercial real estate loans that are dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be sensitive to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance is not to limit a bank’s commercial real estate lending but to guide banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance directs the FDIC and other bank regulatory agencies to focus their supervisory resources on institutions that may have significant commercial real estate loan concentration risk. A bank that has experienced rapid growth in commercial real estate lending, has notable exposure to a specific type of commercial real estate loan, or is approaching or exceeding the following supervisory criteria may be identified for further supervisory analysis with respect to real estate concentration risk:

•	Total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of the bank’s capital; or

•	Total commercial real estate loans (as defined in the guidance) represent 300% or more of the bank’s total capital or the outstanding balance of the bank’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased 50% or more during the prior 36 months.

The guidance provides that the strength of an institution’s lending and risk management practices with respect to such concentrations will be taken into account in supervisory guidance on evaluation of capital adequacy. We have concluded that we have a concentration in commercial real estate lending under the foregoing standards because our $285.4 million balance in commercial real estate loans at March 31, 2013 represents 300% or more of total capital. While we believe we have implemented policies and procedures with respect to our commercial real estate loan portfolio consistent with this guidance, bank regulators could require us to implement additional policies and procedures consistent with their interpretation of the guidance that may result in additional costs to us. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny.”

Environmental Issues Associated with Real Estate Lending. The Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act ("CERCLA"), a federal statute, generally imposes strict liability on all prior and present "owners and operators" of sites containing hazardous waste. However, Congress asked to protect secured creditors by providing that the term "owner and operator" excludes a person whose ownership is limited to protecting its security interest in the site. Since the enactment of the CERCLA, this "secured creditor exemption" has been the subject of judicial interpretations which have left open the possibility that lenders could be liable for cleanup costs on contaminated property that they hold as collateral for a loan. In addition, we may be subject to environmental liabilities with respect to real estate properties that are placed in foreclosure that we subsequently take title to.

To the extent that legal uncertainty exists in this area, all creditors, including the Bank, that have made loans secured by properties with potential hazardous waste contamination (such as petroleum contamination) could be subject to liability for cleanup costs, which could substantially exceed the value of the collateral property.

Other Consumer Protection Laws and Regulations. The Bank is subject to a broad array of federal and state consumer protection laws and regulations that govern almost every aspect of its business relationships with consumers. While the list set forth below is not exhaustive, these include the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999, the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (“Patriot Act”), the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Truth in Savings Act, the Electronic Fund Transfers Act, the Expedited Funds Availability Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Right to Financial Privacy Act, the Home Ownership and Equity Protection Act, the Fair Credit Billing Act, the Homeowners Protection Act, the Check Clearing for the 21st Century Act, laws governing flood insurance, laws governing consumer protections in connection with the sale of insurance, federal and state laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive business practices, and various regulations that implement some or all of the foregoing. These laws and regulations mandate certain disclosure requirements and regulate the manner in which financial institutions must deal with customers when taking deposits, making loans, collecting loans, and providing other services. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations can subject the Bank to various penalties, including but not limited to, enforcement actions, injunctions, fines, civil liability, criminal penalties, punitive damages, and the loss of certain contractual rights.

Savings and Loan Holding Company Regulations

General. The Company is a unitary savings and loan holding company subject to regulatory oversight of the Federal Reserve. Accordingly, the Company is required to register and file reports with the Federal Reserve and is subject to regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the Federal Reserve has enforcement authority over the Company and its non-savings institution subsidiaries, which also permits the Federal Reserve to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to present a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution.

In October 2009, the Company also entered into a separate MOU agreement with the OTS, at the time the Company’s primary regulator. In May 2013, the Company entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve. For additional information regarding the specifics of the written agreement, see Item 1A, “Risk Factors – We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.”

The Company believes it is currently in compliance with all of the requirements of the written agreement with the Federal Reserve through its normal business operations. The written agreement will remain in effect until modified or terminated by the Federal Reserve.

Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the federal banking regulators must require any company that controls an FDIC-insured depository institution to serve as a source of strength for the institution, with the ability to provide financial assistance if the institution suffers financial distress. In addition to the written agreement, these and other Federal Reserve Board policies may restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends.

The proposed new capital regulations provide that the Company as a savings and loan holding company will be subject to the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements as will apply to FDIC-insured institutions and their holding companies when the new capital regulations are adopted in final form. For a description of the proposed new capital regulations, see “-Federal Regulation of Savings Institutions--New Proposed Capital Rules”.

Activities Restrictions. The GLBA provides that no company may acquire control of a savings association after May 4, 1999 unless it engages only in the financial activities permitted for financial holding companies under the law or for multiple savings and loan holding companies as described below. Further, the GLBA specifies that, subject to a grandfather provision, existing savings and loan holding companies may only engage in such activities. The Company qualifies for the grandfathering and is therefore not restricted in terms of its activities. Upon any non-supervisory acquisition by the Company of another savings association as a separate subsidiary, the Company would become a multiple savings and loan holding company and would be limited to activities permitted multiple holding companies by Federal Reserve regulation. Federal Reserve has issued an interpretation concluding that multiple savings holding companies may also engage in activities permitted for financial holding companies, including lending, trust services, insurance activities and underwriting, investment banking and real estate investments.

Mergers and Acquisitions. The Company must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before acquiring more than 5% of the voting stock of another savings institution or savings and loan holding company or acquiring such an institution or holding company by merger, consolidation or purchase of its assets. In evaluating an application for the Company to acquire control of a savings institution, the Federal Reserve would consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the Company and the target institution, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the Deposit Insurance Fund, the convenience and the needs of the community and competitive factors.

The Federal Reserve may not approve any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions; (i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies and (ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisitions. The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.

Acquisition of the Company. Any company, except a bank holding company, that acquires control of a savings association or savings and loan holding company becomes a “savings and loan holding company” subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Federal Reserve and must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve under the Savings and Loan Holding Company Act before obtaining control of a savings association or savings and loan holding company. A bank holding company must obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve under the Bank Holding Company Act before obtaining control of a savings association or savings and loan holding company and remains subject to regulation under the Bank Holding Company Act. The term “company” includes corporations, partnerships, associations, and certain trusts and other entities. “Control” of a savings association or savings and loan holding company is deemed to exist if a company has

voting control, directly or indirectly of more than 25% of any class of the savings association’s voting stock or controls in any manner the election of a majority of the directors of the savings association or savings and loan holding company, and may be presumed under other circumstances, including, but not limited to, holding 10% or more of a class of voting securities if the institution has a class of registered securities, as Riverview Bancorp, Inc. has. Control may be direct or indirect and may occur through acting in concert with one or more other persons. In addition, a savings and loan holding company must obtain Federal Reserve approval prior to acquiring voting control of more than 5% of any class of voting stock of another savings association or another savings association holding company. A similar provision limiting the acquisition by a bank holding company of 5% or more of a class of voting stock of any company is included in the Bank Holding Company Act.

Accordingly, the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board would be required:

•	before any savings and loan holding company or bank holding company could acquire 5% or more of the common stock of Riverview Bancorp, Inc.; and

•	before any other company could acquire 25% or more of the common stock of Riverview Bancorp, Inc., and may be required for an acquisition of as little as 10% of such stock.

In addition, persons that are not companies are subject to the same or similar definitions of control with respect to savings and loan holding companies and savings associations and requirements for prior regulatory approval by the Federal Reserve in the case of control of a savings and loan holding company or by the OCC in the case of control of a savings association not obtained through control of a holding company of such savings association.

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act was signed into law on July 30, 2002 in response to public concerns regarding corporate accountability in connection with recent accounting scandals. The stated goals of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act generally applies to all companies, both U.S. and non-U.S., that file or are required to file periodic reports with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including the Company.

The SOX Act includes very specific additional disclosure requirements and new corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and related rules. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.

Dividends and Stock Repurchases. The Federal Reserve has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends applicable to savings and loan holding companies, which expresses its view that although there are no specific regulations restricting dividend payments other than state corporate laws, a savings and loan holding company must maintain an adequate capital position and generally should not pay cash dividends unless the company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to fully fund the cash dividends and that the prospective rate of earnings appears consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition. The Federal Reserve policy statement also indicates that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. In addition, a savings and loan holding company is required to give the Federal Reserve prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding twelve months, is equal to 10% or more of its consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve order or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve. Pursuant to the written agreement with the Federal Reserve, we are required to provide notice to and obtain written approval from the Federal Reserve prior to declaring or paying any dividend or redeeming any capital stock. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.” We did not repurchase, pay dividends or redeem any shares of common stock during the 2013 fiscal year.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010: On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Act was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act imposes new restrictions and an expanded framework of regulatory oversight for financial institutions, including depository institutions. The following discussion summarizes significant aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act that may affect the Bank and the Company. For certain of these changes, implementing regulations have not been promulgated, so we cannot determine the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business and operations at this time.

The following aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are related to the operations of the Bank:

•

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau ("CFPB"), an independent consumer compliance regulatory agency within the Federal Reserve has been established. The CFPB is empowered to exercise broad regulatory, supervisory and enforcement authority over financial institutions with total assets of over $10 billion with respect to both new and existing consumer financial protection laws. Financial institutions with assets of less than $10 billion, like the Bank, will continue to be subject to supervision and enforcement by their primary federal banking regulator with respect to federal consumer financial protection laws. The CFPB also has authority to promulgate new consumer financial protection regulations and amend existing consumer financial protection regulations;

•	The Federal Deposit Insurance Act was amended to direct federal regulators to require depository institution holding companies to serve as a source of strength for their depository institution subsidiaries;

•	The prohibition on payment of interest on demand deposits was repealed, effective July 21, 2011;

•	Deposit insurance is permanently increased to $250,000 and unlimited deposit insurance for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts was extended through December 31, 2012;

•	The deposit insurance assessment base for FDIC insurance is the depository institution's average consolidated total assets less the average tangible equity during the assessment period; and

•

The minimum reserve ratio of the FDIC's Deposit Insurance Fund ("DIF") increased to 1.35 percent of estimated annual insured deposits or the comparable percentage of the assessment base; however, the FDIC is directed to "offset the effect" of the increased reserve ratio for insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC recently issued a rule setting a designated reserve ratio at 2.0% of insured deposits.

The following aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are related to the operations of the Company:

•

Tier 1 capital treatment for "hybrid" capital items like trust preferred securities is eliminated subject to various grandfathering and transition rules. The federal banking agencies must promulgate new rules on regulatory capital within 18 months from July 21, 2010, for both depository institutions and their holding companies, to include leverage capital and risk-based capital measures at least as stringent as those now applicable to the Bank under the prompt corrective action regulations;

•	Public companies are required to provide their shareholders with a non-binding vote: (i) at least once every three years on the compensation paid to executive officers, and (ii) at least once every six years on whether they should have a "say on pay" vote every one, two or three years;

•	A separate, non-binding shareholder vote is required regarding golden parachutes for named executive officers when a shareholder vote takes place on mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or other transactions that would trigger the parachute payments;

•	Securities exchanges are required to prohibit brokers from using their own discretion to vote shares not beneficially owned by them for certain "significant" matters, which include votes on the election of directors, executive compensation matters, and any other matter determined to be significant;

•

Stock exchanges are prohibited from listing the securities of any issuer that does not have a policy providing for (i) disclosure of its policy on incentive compensation payable on the basis of financial information reportable under the securities laws, and (ii) the recovery from current or former executive officers, following an accounting restatement triggered by material noncompliance with securities law reporting requirements, of any incentive compensation paid erroneously during the three-year period preceding the date on which the restatement was required that exceeds the amount that would have been paid on the basis of the restated financial information;

•	Disclosure in annual proxy materials is required concerning the relationship between the executive compensation paid and the financial performance of the issuer;

•	Item 402 of Regulation S-K is amended to require companies to disclose the ratio of the Chief Executive Officer's annual total compensation to the median annual total compensation of all other employees; and

•	Smaller reporting companies are exempt from complying with the internal control auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

Many aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking and will take effect over several years, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on the Company, the Bank and the financial services industry more generally. The elimination of the prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits could materially increase the Bank’s interest expense, depending on our competitor’s responses. Provisions in the legislation that require revisions to the capital requirements of the Company and the Bank could require the Company and the Bank to seek additional sources of capital in the future.

Item1A. Risk Factors

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent in our business. Before making an investment decision, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information included in this report. In addition to the risks and uncertainties described below, other risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The value or market price of our common stock could decline due to any of these identified or other risks, and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks below also include forward-looking statements. This report is qualified in its entirety by these risk factors.

We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.

In January 2009, Riverview Community Bank, the Company’s wholly-owned banking subsidiary, entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with the Office of Thrift Supervision (“OTS”), at the time the Bank’s primary regulator. Following the transfer of the responsibilities and authority of the OTS to the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) on July 21, 2011, the MOU was enforced by the OCC. On January 25, 2012, the Bank entered into a formal written agreement (“Agreement”) with the OCC. Upon effectiveness of the Agreement, the MOU was terminated by the OCC.

The Agreement is based on the findings of the OCC during their on-site examination of the Bank as of June 30, 2011 (“OCC Exam”). Since the completion of the OCC Exam, we have aggressively worked to address the findings of the OCC Exam and have already successfully implemented initiatives and strategies to address and resolve a number of the issues noted in the Agreement. Under the Agreement, the Bank is required to take the following actions: (a) refrain from paying dividends without prior OCC non-objection; (b) adopt, implement and adhere to a three year capital plan, including objectives, projections and implementation strategies for the Bank’s overall risk profile, dividend policy, capital requirements, primary capital structure sources and alternatives, various balance sheet items, as well as systems to monitor the Bank’s progress in meeting the plans, goals and objectives of the plan; (c) add a credit risk management function and appoint a Chief Lending Officer that is independent from the credit risk management function; (d) update the Bank’s credit policy and not grant, extend, renew or alter any loan over $250,000 without meeting certain requirements set forth in the Agreement; (e) adopt, implement and adhere to a program to ensure that risk associated with the Bank’s loans and other assets is properly reflected on the Bank’s books and records; (f) adopt, implement and adhere to a program to reduce the Bank’s criticized assets; (g) maintain a consultant to perform semi-annual asset quality reviews of the Bank’s loan portfolio; (h) adopt, implement and adhere to policies related to asset diversification and reducing concentrations of credit; and (i) submit quarterly progress reports to the OCC regarding various aspects of the foregoing actions.

The Bank’s Board must ensure that the Bank has the processes, personnel and control systems in place to ensure implementation of and adherence to the requirements of the Agreement. In connection with this requirement, the Bank’s Board has appointed a compliance committee to submit such reports and monitor and coordinate the Bank’s performance under the Agreement.

In October 2009, Riverview Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) entered into a separate MOU agreement with the OTS, at the time the Company’s primary regulator. In May 2013, the Company entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve. This written agreement requires the Company to: (a) provide notice to and obtain written approval from the Federal Reserve prior to the Company declaring a dividend or redeeming any capital stock or receiving dividends or other payments from the Bank; (b) provide notice to and obtain written approval from the Federal Reserve prior to the Company incurring, issuing, renewing or repurchasing any new debt; (c) provide notice to and obtain written approval from the Federal Reserve prior to the Company making payments on its Debentures; (d) submit written statement of its planned sources and uses of cash for debt service, operating expenses, and other purposes (“Cash Flow Projection”) beginning for calendar year 2013 and submit progress reports related to its Cash Flow Projections and financial results.

Under the written agreement with the Federal Reserve, the Company also agreed to take any required action to ensure compliance by the Bank with the Agreement and Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act as implemented by the Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation W and to not appoint any new director or senior executive officer or change the responsibilities of any current senior executive officers, without the prior written non-objection of the Federal Reserve in the case of Riverview and the OCC in the case of the Bank. We are also limited and/or prohibited, in certain circumstances, in our ability to enter into contracts to pay and to make golden parachute severance and indemnification payments. The written agreement and Agreement will remain in effect until stayed, modified, terminated or suspended by the Federal Reserve and OCC, respectively. If either the Company or Bank is found not in compliance with the written agreement or Agreement, as

the case may be, it could be subject to various remedies, including among others, the power to enjoin “unsafe or unsound” practices, to require affirmative action to correct any conditions resulting from any violation or practice, to direct an increase in capital, to restrict the growth of the Company or the Bank, to remove officers and/or directors, and to assess civil monetary penalties. Management of the Company and the Bank have been taking action and implementing programs to comply with the requirements of the written agreement and Agreement and compliance will be determined by the Federal Reserve and OCC, respectively. Management believes that the Company and the Bank have or will comply in all material respects with the provisions of the written agreement and Agreement. Either of these regulators may determine, however, in its sole discretion that the issues raised by the written agreement or the Agreement have not been addressed satisfactorily, or that any current or past actions, violations or deficiencies could be the subject of further regulatory enforcement actions. Such enforcement actions could involve penalties or limitations on the business of the Bank or the Company and negatively affect our ability to implement our business plan, pay dividends on our common stock and the value of our common stock as well as our financial condition and results of operations.

Our business may continue to be adversely affected by downturns in the national and the regional economies on which we depend.

Substantially all of our loans are to businesses and individuals in the states of Washington and Oregon. A continuing decline in the economies of the seven counties, in which we operate, including the Portland, Oregon metropolitan area, which we consider to be our primary market area, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In particular, Washington and Oregon have experienced substantial home price declines and increased foreclosures and have experienced above average unemployment rates.

A further deterioration in economic conditions in the market areas we serve could result in the following consequences, any of which could have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations:

·	loan delinquencies, problem assets and foreclosures may increase;

·	the slowing of sales of foreclosed assets;

·	demand for our products and services may decline;

·	collateral for loans made may decline further in value, in turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with existing loans; and

·	the amount of our low-cost or non-interest bearing deposits may decrease.

A return of recessionary conditions could result in increases in our level of non-performing loans and/or reduce demand for our products and services, which could have adverse effect on our results of operations.

The ongoing debate in Congress regarding the national debt ceiling and federal budget deficit and concerns over the United States' credit rating (which was downgraded by Standard & Poor's), the European sovereign debt crisis, the overall weakness in the economy and continued high unemployment in the United States, among other economic indicators, have contributed to increased volatility in the capital markets and diminished expectations for the economy.

A return of recessionary conditions and/or continued negative developments in the domestic and international credit markets may significantly affect the markets in which we do business, the value of our loans and investments, and our ongoing operations, costs and profitability. Further declines in real estate values and sales volumes and continued high unemployment levels may result in higher than expected loan delinquencies and a decline in demand for our products and services. These negative events may cause us to incur losses and may adversely affect our capital, liquidity, and financial condition.

Furthermore, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, in an attempt to help the overall economy, has, among other things, kept interest rates low through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. If the Federal Reserve increases the federal funds rate, overall interest rates will likely rise, which may negatively impact the housing markets and the U.S. economic recovery. In addition, deflationary pressures, while possibly lowering our operating

costs, could have a significant negative effect on our borrowers, especially our business borrowers, and the values of underlying collateral securing loans, which could negatively affect our financial performance.

Our real estate construction and land acquisition or development loans expose us to risk.

We make real estate construction loans to individuals and builders, primarily for the construction of residential properties. We originate these loans whether or not the collateral property underlying the loan is under contract for sale. At March 31, 2013, construction loans totaled $9.7 million, or 1.81% of our total loan portfolio, of which $4.0 million were for residential real estate projects. Land loans, which are loans made with land as security, totaled $23.4 million, or 4.37%, of our total loan portfolio at March 31, 2013. Land loans include raw land and land acquisition and development loans. In our primary market area, the housing market has slowed, with weaker demand for housing, higher inventory levels and longer marketing times. A further downturn in housing, or the real estate market, could increase loan delinquencies, defaults and foreclosures, and significantly impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell the collateral upon foreclosure.

In general, construction, and land lending involves additional risks because of the inherent difficulty in estimating a property's value both before and at completion of the project as well as the estimated cost of the project. Construction costs may exceed original estimates as a result of increased materials, labor or other costs. In addition, because of current uncertainties in the residential real estate market, property values have become more difficult to determine than they have historically been. Construction loans and land acquisition and development loans often involve the disbursement of funds with repayment dependent, in part, on the success of the project and the ability of the borrower to sell or lease the property or refinance the indebtedness, rather than the ability of the borrower or guarantor to repay principal and interest. These loans are also generally more difficult to monitor. Loans on land under development or held for future construction as well as lot loans made to individuals for the future construction of a residence also pose additional risk because of the lack of income being produced by the property and the potential illiquid nature of the collateral. These risks can be significantly impacted by supply and demand conditions. In addition, speculative construction loans to a builder are often associated with homes that are not pre-sold, and thus pose a greater potential risk than construction loans to individuals on their personal residences. At March 31, 2013, $26.9 million of our construction and land loans were for speculative construction loans, of which, $3.4 million, or 12.8%, were nonperforming at March 31, 2013.

Our emphasis on commercial real estate lending may expose us to increased lending risks.

Our current business strategy is focused on the expansion of commercial real estate lending. This type of lending activity, while potentially more profitable than single-family residential lending, is generally more sensitive to regional and local economic conditions, making loss levels more difficult to predict. Collateral evaluation and financial statement analysis in these types of loans requires a more detailed analysis at the time of loan underwriting and on an ongoing basis. Many of our commercial borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to a significantly greater risk of loss.

At March 31, 2013, we had $332.0 million of commercial and multi-family real estate mortgage loans, representing 61.9% of our total loan portfolio. These loans typically involve higher principal amounts than other types of loans, and repayment is dependent upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service, which may be adversely affected by changes in the economy or local market conditions. For example, if the cash flow from the borrower’s project is reduced as a result of leases not being obtained or renewed, the borrower’s ability to repay the loan may be impaired. Commercial and multi-family mortgage loans also expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by residential real estate because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as residential real estate. In addition, many of our commercial and multi-family real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. Balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to make the payment, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment. At March 31, 2013, $13.3 million or 4.0% of our commercial real estate and multi-family loans were nonperforming.

A secondary market for most types of commercial real estate and multi-family loans is not readily liquid, so we have less opportunity to mitigate credit risk by selling part or all of our interest in these loans. As a result of these characteristics, if we foreclose on a commercial or multi-family real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral typically is longer than for one-to-four family residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Accordingly, charge-offs on commercial and multi-family real estate loans may be larger on a per loan basis than those incurred with our residential or consumer loan portfolios.

The level of our commercial real estate loan portfolio may subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny.

The FDIC, the Federal Reserve and the OCC have promulgated joint guidance on sound risk management practices for financial institutions with concentrations in commercial real estate lending. Under this guidance, a financial institution that, like us, is actively involved in commercial real estate lending should perform a risk assessment to identify concentrations. A financial institution may have a concentration in commercial real estate lending if, among other factors (i) total reported loans for construction, land development, and other land represent 100% or more of total capital, or (ii) total reported loans secured by multifamily and non-farm residential properties, loans for construction, land development and other land, and loans otherwise sensitive to the general commercial real estate market, including loans to commercial real estate related entities, represent 300% or more of total capital. The particular focus of the guidance is on exposure to commercial real estate loans that are dependent on the cash flow from the real estate held as collateral and that are likely to be at greater risk to conditions in the commercial real estate market (as opposed to real estate collateral held as a secondary source of repayment or as an abundance of caution). The purpose of the guidance is to guide banks in developing risk management practices and capital levels commensurate with the level and nature of real estate concentrations. The guidance states that management should employ heightened risk management practices including board and management oversight and strategic planning, development of underwriting standards, risk assessment and monitoring through market analysis and stress testing. We have concluded that we have a concentration in commercial real estate lending under the foregoing standards because our $285.4 million balance in commercial real estate loans at March 31, 2013 represents 300% or more of total capital. While we believe we have implemented policies and procedures with respect to our commercial real estate loan portfolio consistent with this guidance, bank regulators could require us to implement additional policies and procedures consistent with their interpretation of the guidance that may result in additional costs to us.

Our business may be adversely affected by credit risk associated with residential property.

At March 31, 2013, $97.1 million, or 18.1% of our total loan portfolio, was secured by one- to four-family mortgage loans and home equity loans. This type of lending is generally sensitive to regional and local economic conditions that significantly impact the ability of borrowers to meet their loan payment obligations, making loss levels difficult to predict. The decline in residential real estate values as a result of the downturn in our market area has reduced the value of the real estate collateral securing these types of loans and increased the risk that we would incur losses if borrowers default on their loans.

Many of our one- to four-family loans and home equity lines of credit are secured by liens on mortgage properties in which the borrowers have little or no equity because of these declines in home values in our primary market area. Residential loans with high combined loan-to-value ratios will be more sensitive to declining property values than those with lower combined loan-to-value ratios and therefore may experience a higher incidence of default and severity of losses. In addition, if the borrowers sell their homes, they may be unable to repay their loans in full from the sale. Further, the majority of our home equity lines of credit consist of second mortgage loans. For those home equity lines secured by a second mortgage, it is unlikely that we will be successful in recovering all or a portion of our loan proceeds in the event of default unless we are prepared to repay the first mortgage loan and such repayment and the costs associated with a foreclosure are justified by the value of the property. For these reasons, we could experience higher rates of delinquencies, defaults and losses. At March 31, 2013, $3.1 million or 3.1% of our residential real estate loans were nonperforming.

Repayment of our commercial business loans is often dependent on the cash flows of the borrower, which may be unpredictable, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value.

At March 31, 2013, we had $71.9 million or 13.4% of total loans in commercial business loans. Commercial lending involves risks that are different from those associated with residential and commercial real estate lending. Real estate lending is generally considered to be collateral based lending with loan amounts based on predetermined loan to collateral values and liquidation of the underlying real estate collateral being viewed as the primary source of repayment in the event of borrower default. Our commercial loans are primarily made based on the cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The borrowers' cash flow may be unpredictable, and collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Although commercial loans are often collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable, or other business assets, the liquidation of collateral in the event of default is often an insufficient source of repayment because accounts receivable may be uncollectible and inventories may be obsolete or of limited use, among other things. Accordingly, the repayment of commercial loans depends primarily on the cash flow and credit worthiness of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. At March 31, 2013, $1.3 million or 1.9% of our commercial business loans were nonperforming.

Our provision for loan losses have increased during recent years compared to historical averages and we may be required to make further increases in our provision for loan losses and to charge-off additional loans in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations.

For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 we recorded a provision for loan losses of $900,000 and $29.4 million, respectively. We also recorded net loan charge-offs of $5.2 million and $24.4 million for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Despite the decrease from the prior year, we are still experiencing elevated levels of loan delinquencies and credit losses by historical standards. Further, our portfolio is concentrated in construction and land loans and commercial and commercial real estate loans, all of which have a higher risk of loss than residential mortgage loans. If current weak conditions in the housing and real estate markets continue, we expect that we will continue to experience higher than normal delinquencies and credit losses, until general economic conditions improve further. As a result, we could be required to make further increases in our provision for loan losses and to charge off additional loans in the future, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Our allowance for loan losses may prove to be insufficient to absorb losses in our loan portfolio.

Lending money is a substantial part of our business and each loan carries a certain risk that it will not be repaid in accordance with its terms or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things:

·	the cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed;

·	changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral, in the case of a collateralized loan;

·	the duration of the loan;

·	the credit history of a particular borrower; and

·	changes in economic and industry conditions.

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, which we believe is appropriate to provide for probable losses in our loan portfolio. The amount of this allowance is determined by management through periodic reviews and consideration of several factors, including, but not limited to:

·	our general reserve, based on our historical default and loss experience and certain macroeconomic factors based on management’s expectations of future events;

·	our specific reserve, based on our evaluation of nonperforming loans and their underlying collateral; and

·	an unallocated reserve to provide for other credit losses inherent in our portfolio that may not have been contemplated in the other loss factors.

The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and the loss and delinquency experience, and evaluate economic conditions and make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. If our estimates are incorrect, the allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in the need for additions to our allowance through an increase in the provision for loan losses. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. Our allowance for loan losses was 2.92% of gross loans held for investment and 74.02% of nonperforming loans at March 31, 2013. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. If charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the provision for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our capital.

If our nonperforming assets increase, our earnings will be adversely affected.

At March 31, 2013 and 2012, our nonperforming assets (which consist of non-accruing loans and real estate owned (“REO”)) were $36.8 million and $62.9 million, respectively, or 4.73% and 7.35% of total assets, respectively. Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways:

·	we record interest income only on a cash basis for nonaccrual loans and any nonperforming investment securities; and do not record interest income for REO;

·	we must provide for probable loan losses through a current period charge to the provision for loan losses;

·	non-interest expense increases when we write down the value of properties in our REO portfolio to reflect changing market values or recognize other-than-temporary impairment on nonperforming investment securities;

·	there are legal fees associated with the resolution of problem assets, as well as carrying costs, such as taxes, insurance, and maintenance fees related to our REO; and

·	the resolution of nonperforming assets requires the active involvement of management, which can distract them from more profitable activity.

If additional borrowers become delinquent and do not pay their loans and we are unable to successfully manage our nonperforming assets, our losses and troubled assets could increase significantly, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

If our investments in real estate are not properly valued or sufficiently reserved to cover actual losses, or if we are required to increase our valuation reserves, our earnings could be reduced.

We obtain updated valuations in the form of appraisals and broker price opinions when a loan has been foreclosed upon and the property taken in as REO, and at certain other times during the assets holding period. Our net book value (“NBV”) in the loan at the time of foreclosure and thereafter is compared to the updated market value of the foreclosed property less estimated selling costs (fair value). A charge-off is recorded for any excess in the asset’s NBV over its fair value. If our valuation process is incorrect, the fair value of our investments in real estate may not be sufficient to recover our NBV in such assets, resulting in the need for additional charge-offs. Additional material charge-offs to our investments in real estate could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our REO and may require us to recognize further charge-offs. Any increase in our charge-offs may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

The value of the securities in our investment securities portfolio may be negatively affected by continued disruptions in securities markets.

The market for some of the investment securities held in our portfolio has become increasingly volatile in recent years. Volatile market conditions may detrimentally affect the value of these securities, such as through reduced valuations due to the perception of heightened credit and liquidity risks. There can be no assurance that the declines in market value associated with these disruptions will not result in other-than-temporary or permanent impairments of these assets, which would lead to accounting charges that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Fluctuating interest rates can adversely affect our profitability.

Our profitability is dependent to a large extent upon net interest income, which is the difference, or spread, between the interest earned on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest paid on deposits, borrowings, and other interest-bearing liabilities. Because of the differences in maturities and repricing characteristics of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, changes in interest rates do not produce equivalent changes in interest income earned on interest-earning assets and interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities. We principally manage interest rate risk by managing our volume and mix of our earning assets and funding liabilities. In a changing interest rate environment, we may not be able to manage this risk effectively. Changes in interest rates also can affect: (1) our ability to originate and/or sell loans; (2) the fair value of our financial assets and liabilities, which could negatively impact shareholders’ equity, and our ability to realize gains from the sale of such assets; (3) our ability to obtain and retain deposits in competition with other available investment alternatives; (4) the ability of our borrowers to repay adjustable or variable rate loans; and (5) the average duration of our mortgage backed securities portfolio and other interest-earning assets.

If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. As a result of the relatively low interest rate environment, an increasing percentage of our deposits have been comprised of short-term

certificates of deposit and other deposits yielding no or a relatively low rate of interest. At March 31, 2013, we had $132.3 million in certificates of deposit that mature within one year and $112.5 million in non-interest bearing demand deposits. We would incur a higher cost of funds to retain these deposits in a rising interest rate environment. Earnings could also be adversely affected if the interest rates received on loans and other investments fall more quickly than the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings. In addition, a substantial amount of our mortgage loans and home equity lines of credit have adjustable interest rates. As a result, these loans may experience a higher rate of default in a rising interest rate environment.

Any substantial, unexpected, prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Further, a prolonged period of exceptionally low market interest rates, such as we are currently experiencing, could have an adverse effect on our results of operations as a result of substantially reduced asset yields. Also, our interest rate risk modeling techniques and assumptions likely may not fully predict or capture the impact of actual interest rate changes on our balance sheet or projected operating results.

Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.

During the last four years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, yields on securities we have purchased, and market rates on the loans we have originated, have been at levels lower than were available prior to 2008. Consequently, the average yield on our interest-earning assets has decreased during the recent low interest rate environment. As a general matter, our interest-bearing liabilities re-price or mature more quickly than our interest-earning assets, which has contributed to increases in net interest income in the short term. However, our ability to lower our interest expense is limited at these interest rate levels, while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Federal Reserve has indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates in the near future. Accordingly, our net interest income may decrease, which may have an adverse affect on our profitability. For information with respect to changes in interest rates, see “-Fluctuating interest rates can adversely affect our profitability.”

Increases in deposit insurance premiums and special FDIC assessments negatively impact our earnings.

The Dodd-Frank Act established 1.35% as the minimum reserve ratio. The FDIC has adopted a plan under which it will meet this ratio by the statutory deadline of September 30, 2020. The Dodd-Frank Act requires the FDIC to offset the effect on institutions with assets less than $10 billion of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio to 1.35% from the former minimum of 1.15%. The FDIC has not announced how it will implement this offset. In addition to the statutory minimum ratio, the FDIC must set a designated reserve ratio or DRR, which may exceed the statutory minimum. The FDIC has set 2.0 as the DRR.

As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC has adopted final regulations under which insurance premiums are based on an institution's total assets minus its tangible equity instead of its deposits. While our FDIC insurance premiums initially will be reduced by these regulations, it is possible that our future insurance premiums will increase under the final regulations.

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition, growth and prospects.

Liquidity is essential to our business. An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. We rely on customer deposits and, as needed, advances from the FHLB of Seattle (“FHLB”), borrowings from the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco ("FRB") and other borrowings to fund our operations. Although we have historically been able to replace maturing deposits and advances if desired, we may not be able to replace such funds in the future if, among other things, our financial condition, the financial condition of the FHLB or FRB, or market conditions change. Factors that could detrimentally impact our access to liquidity sources include a decrease in the level of our business activity as a result of a downturn in the Washington or Oregon markets where our loans are concentrated or adverse regulatory action against us. In addition, the OCC has limited our ability to use brokered deposits as a source of liquidity by restricting them to not more than 20% of our total deposits. Our ability to borrow could also be impaired by factors that are not specific to us, such as a disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial services industry in light of the recent turmoil faced by banking organizations and the continued deterioration in credit markets. Deposit flows, calls of investment securities and wholesale borrowings, and the prepayment of loans and mortgage-related securities are also strongly influenced by such external factors as the direction of interest rates, whether actual or perceived, and competition for deposits and loans in the markets we serve. Furthermore, changes to the FHLB’s underwriting guidelines for wholesale borrowings or lending policies may limit or restrict our ability to borrow, and could therefore have a significant adverse impact on our liquidity. In addition, the need to replace funds in the event of large-scale withdrawals of brokered deposits could require us to pay

significantly higher interest rates on retail deposits or other wholesale funding sources, which would have an adverse impact on our net interest income and net income. A decline in available funding could adversely impact our ability to originate loans, invest in securities, meet our expenses, or to fulfill such obligations as repaying our borrowings or meeting deposit withdrawal demands.

Our financial flexibility will be severely constrained if we are unable to maintain our access to funding or if adequate financing is not available to accommodate future growth at acceptable interest rates. Although we consider our sources of funds adequate for our liquidity needs, we may seek additional debt in the future to achieve our long-term business objectives. Additional borrowings, if sought, may not be available to us or, if available, may not be available on reasonable terms. If additional financing sources are unavailable, or are not available on reasonable terms, our financial condition, results of operations, growth and future prospects could be materially adversely affected. In addition, the Company may not incur additional debt without the prior written non-objective of the Federal Reserve. Finally, if we are required to rely more heavily on more expensive funding sources to support future growth, our revenues may not increase proportionately to cover our costs. See also “-We have deferred payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures and as a result we are prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.”

An increase in interest rates, change in the programs offered by governmental sponsored entities (“GSE”) or our ability to qualify for such programs may reduce our mortgage revenues, which would negatively impact our non-interest income.

Our mortgage banking operations provide a portion of our non-interest income. We generate mortgage revenues primarily from gains on the sale of single-family mortgage loans pursuant to programs currently offered by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and non-GSE investors. These entities account for a substantial portion of the secondary market in residential mortgage loans. Any future changes in these programs, our eligibility to participate in such programs, the criteria for loans to be accepted or laws that significantly affect the activity of such entities could, in turn, materially adversely affect our results of operations. Further, in a rising or higher interest rate environment, our originations of mortgage loans may decrease, resulting in fewer loans that are available to be sold to investors. This would result in a decrease in mortgage banking revenues and a corresponding decrease in non-interest income. In addition, our results of operations are affected by the amount of non-interest expense associated with mortgage banking activities, such as salaries and employee benefits, occupancy, equipment and data processing expense and other operating costs. During periods of reduced loan demand, our results of operations may be adversely affected to the extent that we are unable to reduce expenses commensurate with the decline in loan originations.

A general decline in economic conditions may adversely affect the fees generated by our asset management company.

To the extent our asset management clients and their assets become adversely affected by weak economic and stock market conditions, they may choose to withdraw the amount of assets managed by us and the value of their assets may decline. Our asset management revenues are based on the value of the assets we manage. If our clients withdraw assets or the value of their assets decline, the revenues generated by Riverview Asset Management Corp. will be adversely affected.

Our growth or future losses may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or the cost of that capital may be very high.

We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. We anticipate that our capital resources will satisfy our capital requirements for the foreseeable future, including the heightened capital requirements under the Bank’s agreement with the OCC. Nonetheless, we may elect to raise additional capital to support our business or to finance acquisitions, if any, or we may otherwise elect or be required to raise additional capital. Should we elect to raise additional capital, we may seek to do so through the issuance of, among other things, our common stock or preferred stock. The issuance of additional shares of common stock or convertible securities to new stockholders would be dilutive to our current stockholders.

Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we cannot make assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital if needed on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our operations could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to raise additional capital when required by the Federal Reserve or the OCC, we may be subject to additional adverse regulatory action. See “--We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.”

We may experience future goodwill impairment, which could reduce our earnings.

We performed our annual goodwill impairment test during the quarter-ended December 31, 2012, but no impairment was identified. Our assessment of the fair value of goodwill is based on an evaluation of current purchase transactions, discounted cash flows from forecasted earnings, our current market capitalization, and a valuation of our assets. Our evaluation of the fair value of goodwill involves a substantial amount of judgment. If our judgment was incorrect and an impairment of goodwill was deemed to exist, we would be required to write down our assets resulting in a charge to earnings, which could materially adversely affect our results of operations, perhaps materially; however, it would have no impact on our liquidity, operations or regulatory capital.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act will, among other things, tighten capital standards, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.

The Bank is subject to extensive examination, supervision and comprehensive regulation by the OCC and the FDIC, and Riverview is subject to examination and supervision by the Federal Reserve. The OCC, FDIC and the Federal Reserve govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors and the Deposit Insurance Fund. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the ability to impose restrictions on an institution's operations, reclassify assets, determine the adequacy of an institution's allowance for loan losses and determine the level of deposit insurance premiums assessed.

Additionally, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) has significantly changed the bank regulatory structure and has affected the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting and implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near term impact on us. For example, a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.

The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded.

The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Financial institutions such as the Bank with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulator.

It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense. Any additional changes in our regulation and oversight, whether in the form of new laws, rules or regulations, could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or prospects.

The short-term and long-term impact of the changing regulatory capital requirements and anticipated new capital rules is uncertain.

On June 7, 2012, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and OCC approved proposed rules that would substantially amend the regulatory risk-based capital rules applicable to the Company and the Bank. The proposed rules implement the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act. The proposed rules were subject to a public comment period that has expired and there is no date set for the adoption of final rules.

Various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act increase the capital requirements of bank holding companies, such as the Company. The leverage and risk-based capital ratios of these entities may not be lower than the leverage and risk-based capital ratios for insured depository institutions. The proposed rules include new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which would be phased in during 2013 and 2014, and would refine the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating those ratios. The proposed new minimum capital level requirements applicable to the Company and the Bank under the proposals would be: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4% for all institutions. The proposed rules would also establish a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5% above the new regulatory minimum capital ratios, and would result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%, (ii) a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%, and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. The new capital conservation buffer requirement would be phased in beginning in January 2016 at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and would increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution would be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations would establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that could be utilized for such actions. While the proposed Basel III changes and other regulatory capital requirements will likely result in generally higher regulatory capital standards, it is difficult at this time to predict when or how any new standards will ultimately be applied to the Company and the Bank.

In addition, in the current economic and regulatory environment, regulators of banks and bank holding companies have become more likely to impose capital requirements on bank holding companies and banks that are more stringent than those required by applicable existing regulations.

The application of more stringent capital requirements for the Company and the Bank could, among other things, result in lower returns on invested capital, require the raising of additional capital, and result in regulatory actions if we were to be unable to comply with such requirements. Furthermore, the imposition of liquidity requirements in connection with the implementation of Basel III could result in our having to lengthen the term of our funding, restructure our business models, and/or increase our holdings of liquid assets. Implementation of changes to asset risk weightings for risk based capital calculations, items included or deducted in calculating regulatory capital and/or additional capital conservation buffers could result in management modifying its business strategy and could limit our ability to make distributions, including paying dividends or buying back shares.

New or changing tax, accounting, and regulatory rules and interpretations could significantly impact strategic initiatives, results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.

The financial services industry is extensively regulated. Federal and state banking regulations are designed primarily to protect the deposit insurance funds and consumers, not to benefit a company's stockholders. These regulations may sometimes impose significant limitations on operations. The significant federal and state banking regulations that affect us are described in this report under the heading “Item 1. Business-Regulation.” These regulations, along with the currently existing tax, accounting, securities, insurance, and monetary laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations control the methods by which financial institutions conduct business, implement strategic initiatives and tax compliance, and govern financial reporting and disclosures. These laws, regulations, rules, standards, policies, and interpretations are constantly evolving and may change significantly over time.

Such changes could subject us to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products we may offer, restrict mergers and acquisitions, investments, access to capital, the location of banking offices, and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Our success depends on our continued ability to maintain compliance with the various regulations to which we are subject. Some of these regulations may increase our costs and thus place other financial institutions in stronger, more favorable competitive positions. We cannot predict what restrictions may be imposed upon us with future legislation.

Our litigation related costs might continue to increase.

Riverview Community Bank is subject to a variety of legal proceedings that have arisen in the ordinary course of Riverview Community Bank’s business. In the current economic environment Riverview Community Bank’s involvement in litigation has increased significantly, primarily as a result of defaulted borrowers asserting claims in order to defeat or delay foreclosure proceedings. Riverview Community Bank believes that it has meritorious defenses in legal actions where it has been named as a defendant and is vigorously defending these suits. Although management, based on discussion with litigation counsel, believes that such proceedings will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition or operations of Riverview Community Bank, there can be no assurance that a resolution of any such legal matters will not result in significant liability to Riverview Community Bank nor have a material adverse impact on its financial condition and results of operations or Riverview Community Bank’s ability to meet applicable regulatory requirements. Moreover, the expenses of pending legal proceedings will adversely affect Riverview Community Bank’s results of operations until they are resolved. There can be no assurance that Riverview Community Bank’s loan workout and other activities will not expose Riverview Community Bank to additional legal actions, including lender liability or environmental claims.

Our investment in Federal Home Loan Bank stock may become impaired.

At March 31, 2013, we owned $7.2 million in FHLB stock. As a condition of membership at the FHLB, we are required to purchase and hold a certain amount of FHLB stock. Our stock purchase requirement is based, in part, upon the outstanding principal balance of advances from the FHLB and is calculated in accordance with the Capital Plan of the FHLB. Our FHLB stock has a par value of $100, is carried at cost, and it is subject to recoverability testing per applicable accounting standards. The FHLB has announced that it had a risk-based capital deficiency under the regulations of the Federal Housing Finance Agency (the "FHFA"), its primary regulator, as of December 31, 2008, and that it would suspend future dividends and the repurchase and redemption of outstanding common stock. As a result, the FHLB has not paid a dividend since the fourth quarter of 2008. In September 2012, the FHLB announced that the FHFA now considers the FHLB to be adequately capitalized. The FHLB also announced that it had been granted authority to repurchase up to $25 million of excess capital stock per quarter, provided they receive a non-objection from the FHFA. As of March 31, 2013, the FHLB had repurchased $196,300 of its stock, at par, from the Bank. As a result, we have not recorded an impairment on our investment in FHLB stock. Further deterioration in the FHLB’s financial position may, however, result in future impairment in the value of those securities. We will continue to monitor the financial condition of the FHLB as it relates to, among other things, the recoverability of our investment.

Competition with other financial institutions could adversely affect our profitability.

The banking and financial services industry is very competitive. Legal and regulatory developments have made it easier for new and sometimes unregulated competitors to compete with us. Consolidation among financial service providers has resulted in fewer very large national and regional banking and financial institutions holding a large accumulation of assets. These institutions generally have significantly greater resources, a wider geographic presence or greater accessibility. Our competitors sometimes are also able to offer more services, more favorable pricing or greater customer convenience than we do. In addition, our competition has grown from new banks and other financial services providers that target our existing or potential customers. As consolidation continues, we expect additional institutions to try to exploit our market.

Technological developments have allowed competitors including some non-depository institutions, to compete more effectively in local markets and have expanded the range of financial products, services and capital available to our target customers. If we are unable to implement, maintain and use such technologies effectively, we may not be able to offer products or achieve cost-efficiencies necessary to compete in our industry. In addition, some of these competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and lower cost structures.

We rely heavily on the proper functioning of our technology.

We rely heavily on communications and information systems to conduct our business. Any failure, interruption or breach in security of these systems could result in failures or disruptions in our customer relationship management, general ledger, deposit, loan and other systems. While we have policies and procedures designed to prevent or limit the effect of the failure, interruption or security breach of our information systems, there can be no assurance that any such failures, interruptions or security breaches will not occur or, if they do occur, that they will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of our information systems could damage our reputation, result in a loss of customer business, subject us to additional regulatory scrutiny, or expose us to civil litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. We have experienced attempted attacks on our information systems; however our monitoring systems detected these attacks and the attempted attack was ultimately not successful.

We rely on third-party service providers for much of our communications, information, operating and financial control systems technology. If any of our third-party service providers experience financial, operational or technological difficulties, or if there is any other disruption in our relationships with them, we may be required to locate alternative sources of such services, and we cannot assure that we could negotiate terms that are as favorable to us, or could obtain services with similar functionality, as found in our existing systems, without the need to expend substantial resources, if at all. Any of these circumstances could have an adverse effect on our business.

Changes in accounting standards may affect our performance.

Our accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. From time to time there are changes in the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can be difficult to predict and can materially impact how we report and record our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in a retrospective adjustment to prior financial statements.

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially and adversely affect our prospects.

Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the banking industry is intense and there are a limited number of qualified persons with knowledge of, and experience in, the community banking industry where the Bank conducts its business. The process of recruiting personnel with the combination of skills and attributes required to carry out our strategies is often lengthy. Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to attract and retain qualified management, loan origination, finance, administrative, marketing and technical personnel and upon the continued contributions of our management and personnel. In particular, our success has been and continues to be highly dependent upon the abilities of key executives, including our President, and certain other employees. In addition, our success has been and continues to be highly dependent upon the services of our directors, many of whom are at or nearing retirement age, and we may not be able to identify and attract suitable candidates to replace such directors.

Our exposure to operational risks may adversely affect us.

Similar to other financial institutions, we are exposed to many types of operational risk, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, the risk that sensitive customer or Company data is compromised, unauthorized transactions by employees or operational errors, including clerical or record-keeping errors. If any of these risks occur, it could result in material adverse consequences for us.

Regulatory and contractual restrictions may limit or prevent us from paying dividends on our common stock.

Holders of our common stock are only entitled to receive such dividends as our Board may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. Further, holders of our common stock are subject to the prior dividend rights of any holders of our preferred stock at any time outstanding or depositary shares representing such preferred stock then outstanding. Although we have historically declared cash dividends on our common stock, we are not required to do so. We suspended our cash dividend during the quarter ended December 31, 2008 and we do not know if we will resume the payment of dividends in the future. Furthermore, the Company elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on its junior subordinated debentures during the first quarter of fiscal 2011, which in turn, restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock. See “-We have deferred payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures and as a result we are prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.”

In addition, under the terms of the Company’s written agreement with the Federal Reserve, the payment of dividends by the Company to its shareholders is subject to the prior written non-objection of the Federal Reserve. As an entity separate and distinct from the Bank, the Company derives substantially all of its revenue in the form of dividends from the Bank. Accordingly, the Company is and will be dependent upon dividends from the Bank to satisfy its cash needs and to pay dividends on its common stock and service the interest payments on its trust preferred security. The inability to receive dividends from the Bank could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends is subject to its ability to earn net income and, to meet certain regulatory requirements. The Bank does not currently meet these regulatory requirements. As discussed above, under the Agreement, the Bank may not pay dividends to the Company without prior OCC non-objection, and under the written agreement with the Federal Reserve, Riverview may not receive any such dividends without the approval of the Federal Reserve, which also

limits the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock. The lack of a cash dividend could adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We have deferred payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures and as a result we are prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on our outstanding $22.7 million aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debentures issued in connection with the sale of trust preferred securities through statutory business trusts. There are currently two separate series of these junior subordinated debentures outstanding, each series having been issued under a separate indenture and with a separate guarantee from Riverview. During the deferral period, interest will continue to accrue on the junior subordinated debentures at the stated coupon rate, including the deferred interest, and Riverview may not, among other things, pay cash dividends on or, with limited exceptions, repurchase its common stock nor make any payment on outstanding debt obligations that rank equally with or are junior to the junior subordinated debentures.

We may, without notice to or consent from the holders of our common stock, issue additional series of junior subordinated debentures in the future with terms similar to those of our existing junior subordinated debentures or enter into other financing agreements that limit our ability to purchase or to pay dividends or distributions on our capital stock, including our common stock. Under Riverview’s Agreement the issuance of any new debt is subject to the non-objection of the OCC. Assuming we were to receive such non-objection, as a result of our deferral of interest on the junior subordinated debentures, it is likely that we will not be able to raise funds through the offering of debt securities until we become current on these obligations or these obligations are restructured.

This deferral may also adversely affect our ability to obtain debt financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, if Riverview defers interest payments on the junior subordinated debentures for more than 20 consecutive quarters, it would be in default under the indentures governing these debentures and the amount due under such agreements would be immediately due and payable. Events of default under the indenture generally consist of our failure to pay interest on the junior subordinated debt securities under certain circumstances, our failure to pay any principal of or premium on such junior subordinated debt securities when due, our failure to comply with certain covenants under the indenture, and certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation relating to us or the Bank.

As long as we defer interest payments, we will likely have greater difficulty in obtaining financing and have fewer financing sources. In addition, the market value of our common stock may be adversely affected.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

The executive offices of the Company are located in downtown Vancouver, Washington at 900 Washington Street. The Company’s operational center is also located in Vancouver, Washington (both offices are leased). At March 31, 2013, the Bank had 10 offices located in Clark County, Washington (five of which are leased), one office in Cowlitz County, Washington, two offices in Klickitat County, Washington, and one office in Skamania County, Washington. The Bank also had three offices in Multnomah County, Oregon (one of which is leased), and one office in Marion County, Oregon.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Periodically, there have been various claims and lawsuits involving the Company, such as claims to enforce liens, condemnation proceedings on properties in which the Company holds security interests, claims involving the making and servicing of real property loans and other issues incident to the Company’s business. The Company is not a party to any pending legal proceedings that it believes would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or liquidity of the Company.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

At March 31, 2013, there were 22,471,890 shares of Company common stock issued and outstanding, 775 stockholders of record and an estimated 2,035 holders in nominee or “street name.” Under Washington law, the Company is prohibited from paying a dividend if, as a result of its payment, the Company would be unable to pay its debts as they become due in the normal course of business, or if the Company’s total liabilities would exceed its total assets. The principal source of funds for the Company is dividend payments from the Bank. OCC regulations require the Bank to give the OCC 30 days advance notice of any proposed declaration of dividends to the Company, and the OCC has the authority under its supervisory powers to prohibit the payment of dividends to the Company. The OCC imposes certain limitations on the payment of dividends from the Bank to the Company, which utilize a three-tiered approach that permits various levels of distributions based primarily upon a savings association’s capital level. In addition, the Bank is required to provide notice to and receive the non-objection of the OCC prior to declaring a dividend pursuant to the terms of the Agreement. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.” and Item 1, “Regulation – Federal Regulation of Savings Associations – Limitations on Capital Distributions.” In addition, the Company may not declare or pay a cash dividend on its capital stock if the effect thereof would be to reduce the regulatory capital of the Bank below the amount required for the liquidation account established pursuant to the Bank’s conversion from the mutual stock form of organization. See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

The common stock of the Company is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “RVSB”. The following table sets forth the high and low trading prices, as reported by Nasdaq, and cash dividends paid for each quarter during 2013 and 2012 fiscal years. At March 31, 2013, there were 21 market makers in the Company’s common stock as reported by the Nasdaq Global Select Market.

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013	High		Low		Cash Dividends Declared

Quarter ended March 31, 2013	$	2.76	$	1.66	$	-
Quarter ended December 31, 2012		1.99		1.41		-
Quarter ended September 30, 2012		1.49		1.24		-
Quarter ended June 30, 2012		2.29		1.08		-

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012	High		Low		Cash Dividends Declared

Quarter ended March 31, 2012	$	2.46	$	2.03	$	-
Quarter ended December 31, 2011		2.50		2.11		-
Quarter ended September 30, 2011		3.12		2.20		-
Quarter ended June 30, 2011		3.18		2.80		-

Stock Repurchase

Pursuant to the written agreement with the Federal Reserve, the Company is required to provide notice to and obtain written approval from the Federal Reserve prior to declaring or paying any dividend or redeeming any capital stock. In addition, the Company elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on its junior subordinated debentures during the first quarter of fiscal 2011, which in turn, restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock. See Item 1A, “Risk Factors – We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions” and “-- We have deferred payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures and as a result we are prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.”

The Company did not declare any dividends or repurchase any shares of common stock for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Securities for Equity Compensation Plans

Please refer to Item 12 in this Form 10-K for a listing of securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans.

	3/31/08*	3/31/09	3/31/10	3/31/11	3/31/12	3/31/13

Riverview Bancorp, Inc.	100.00	39.51	23.48	31.03	23.07	26.95
S & P 500	100.00	61.91	92.72	107.23	116.39	132.64
NASDAQ Bank	100.00	60.52	78.75	78.51	80.50	93.08

*$100 invested on 3/31/08 in stock or index-including reinvestment of dividends

www.researchdatagroup.com/S&P.htm

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following condensed consolidated statements of operations and financial condition and selected performance ratios as of March 31, 2013, 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and for the years then ended have been derived from the Company’s audited Consolidated Financial Statements. The information below is qualified in its entirety by the detailed information included elsewhere herein and should be read along with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Item 8. “Financial Statement and Supplementary Data” included in this Form 10-K.

	At March 31,
		2013		2012			2011		2010			2009
		(In thousands)
FINANCIAL CONDITION DATA:
Total assets		$	777,003	$	855,998		$	859,263	$	837,953		$	914,333
Loans receivable, net			520,369		664,888			672,609		712,837			784,117
Loans held for sale			831		480			173		255			1,332
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity			125		171			190		259			570
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale			431		974			1,777		2,828			4,066
Cash and interest-bearing deposits			115,415		46,393			51,752		13,587			19,199
Investment securities held to maturity			-		493			506		517			529
Investment securities available for sale			6,216		6,314			6,320		6,802			8,490
Deposit accounts			663,806		744,455			716,530		688,048			670,066
FHLB advances			-		-			-		23,000			37,850
Federal Reserve Bank advances			-		-			-		10,000			85,000
Shareholders’ equity			78,442		75,607			106,944		83,934			88,663

	Year Ended March 31,
			2013		2012			2011		2010			2009
		(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
OPERATING DATA:
Interest income		$	32,932	$	39,532		$	43,214	$	46,262		$	52,850
Interest expense			3,485		5,865			8,052		11,376			19,183
Net interest income			29,447		33,667			35,162		34,886			33,667
Provision for loan losses			900		29,350			5,075		15,900			16,150
Net interest income after provision for loan losses			28,547		4,317			30,087		18,986			17,517
Gains (losses) from sale of loans, securities and real estate owned			1,002		(396	)		779		1,032			729
Impairment on investment security			-		-			-		(1,003	)		(3,414	)
Other non-interest income			7,871		7,223			7,110		7,237			8,215
Non-interest expense			34,758		34,423			31,496		34,973			27,259
Income (loss) before income taxes			2,662		(23,279	)		6,480		(8,721	)		(4,212	)
Provision (benefit) for income taxes			29		8,378			2,165		(3,277	)		(1,562	)
Net income (loss)		$	2,633	$	(31,657	)	$	4,315	$	(5,444	)	$	(2,650	)

Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$	0.12	$	(1.42	)	$	0.24	$	(0.51	)	$	(0.25	)
Diluted		0.12		(1.42	)		0.24		(0.51	)		(0.25	)
Dividends per share		-		-			-		-			0.135

	At or For the Year Ended March 31,
		2013		2012		2011		2010		2009

KEY FINANCIAL RATIOS:

Performance Ratios:
Return (loss) on average assets		0.33	%	(3.64)	%	0.51	%	(0.62	)%	(0.29	)%
Return (loss) on average equity		3.41		(30.19	)	4.29		(6.00	)	(2.85	)
Dividend payout ratio (1)		-		-		-		-		(54.00	)
Interest rate spread		3.95		4.17		4.46		4.19		3.73
Net interest margin		4.06		4.33		4.64		4.39		4.08
Non-interest expense to average assets		4.30		3.95		3.70		3.97		3.02
Efficiency ratio (2)		90.70		85.01		73.16		82.97		69.54
Average equity to average assets		9.55		12.04		11.84		10.29		10.29

Asset Quality Ratios:
Average interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities		121.93		120.53		116.86		114.21		114.85
Allowance for loan losses to total net loans at end of period		2.92		2.91		2.18		2.95		2.12
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans		74.02		45.11		121.46		60.10		61.57
Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period		0.86		3.51		1.67		1.48		1.24
Ratio of nonperforming assets to total assets		4.73		7.35		4.65		5.89		4.57
Ratio of nonperforming loans to total loans		3.94		6.45		1.79		4.90		3.44

Capital Ratios:
Total capital to risk-weighted assets		15.29		12.11		14.61		12.11		11.46
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets		14.02		10.84		13.35		10.85		10.21
Leverage ratio		9.99		8.76		11.24		9.84		9.50

(1)	Dividends per share divided by earnings (loss) per share

(2)	Non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

General

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations is intended to assist in understanding the financial condition and results of operations of the Company. The information contained in this section should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes thereto contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K and the other sections contained in this Form 10-K. This section contains certain financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). These measures include net interest income on a fully tax equivalent basis and net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis. Management uses these non-GAAP measures in its analysis of the Company’s performance. The tax equivalent adjustment to net interest income recognizes the income tax savings when comparing taxable and tax-exempt assets and assumes a 34% tax rate. Management believes that it is a standard practice in the banking industry to present net interest income and net interest margin on a fully tax equivalent basis, and accordingly believes that providing these measures may be useful for peer comparison purposes. These disclosures should not be viewed as substitutes for the results determined to be in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies.

Critical Accounting Policies

The Company has established various accounting policies that govern the application of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America in the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company has identified policies that due to judgments, estimates and assumptions inherent in those policies are critical to an understanding of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. These policies relate to the methodology for the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of investment securities, the valuation of real estate owned (“REO”) and foreclosed assets, goodwill valuation and the calculation of income taxes. These policies and the judgments, estimates and assumptions are described in greater detail in subsequent sections of Management’s Discussions and Analysis contained herein and in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. In particular, Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” describes generally the Company’s accounting policies. Management believes that the judgments, estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements are appropriate given the factual circumstances at the time. However, given the sensitivity of the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements to these critical accounting policies, the use of other judgments, estimates and assumptions could result in material differences in the Company’s results of operations or financial condition.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level sufficient to provide for probable loan losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. The allowance is provided based upon the Company’s ongoing quarterly assessment of the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions and detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be assured. The detailed analysis includes techniques to estimate the fair value of loan collateral and the existence of potential alternative sources of repayment. The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are considered impaired. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows or collateral value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-impaired loans based on the Company’s risk rating system and historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. The Company calculates its historical loss rates using the average of the last four quarterly 18-month periods. The Company calculates and applies its historical loss rates by individual loan types in its portfolio. These historical loss rates are adjusted for qualitative and environmental factors. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that the Company believes have resulted in incurred losses that have not yet been allocated to specific elements of the general and specific components of the allowance for loan losses. Such factors include uncertainties in economic conditions and in identifying triggering events that directly correlate to subsequent loss rates, changes in appraised value of underlying collateral, risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors and historical loss experience data that may not precisely correspond to the current portfolio or economic conditions. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio. The appropriate allowance level is estimated based upon factors and trends identified by the Company at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared.

When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, identified amounts are charged against the allowance for loan losses. The existence of some or all of the following criteria will generally confirm that a loss has been incurred: the loan is significantly delinquent and the borrower has not demonstrated the ability or intent to bring the loan current; the Company has no recourse to the borrower, or if it does, the borrower has insufficient assets to pay the debt; the estimated fair value of the loan collateral is significantly below the current loan balance, and there is little or no near-term prospect for improvement.

Management’s evaluation of the allowance for loan losses is based on ongoing, quarterly assessments of the known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. Loss factors are based on the Company’s historical loss experience with additional consideration and adjustments made for changes in economic conditions, changes in the amount and composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency rates, changes in collateral values, a detailed analysis of impaired loans and other factors as deemed appropriate. These factors are evaluated on a quarterly basis. Loss rates used by the Company are affected as changes in these factors increase or decrease from quarter to quarter. The Company also considers bank regulatory examination results and findings of credit examiners in its quarterly evaluation of the allowance for loan losses.

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts (principal and interest) due according to the contractual terms of the original loan agreement. Typically, factors used in determining if a loan is impaired include, but are not limited to, whether the loan is 90 days or more delinquent, internally designated as substandard or worse, on non-accrual status or represents a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are considered collateral dependent. When a loan is considered collateral dependent, impairment is measured using the estimated value of the underlying collateral, less any prior liens, and when applicable, less estimated selling costs. For impaired loans that are not collateral dependent, impairment is measured using the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. When the net realizable value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (including accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized premium or discount), an impairment is recognized by adjusting an allocation of the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to the initial allocation of allowance to the individual loan the Company may conclude that it is appropriate to record a charge-off of the impaired portion of the loan. When a charge-off is recorded the loan balance is reduced and the specific allowance is eliminated.

Generally, when a collateral dependent loan is initially measured for impairment and does not have an appraisal performed in the last three months, the Company obtains an updated market valuation. Subsequently, the Company generally obtains an updated market valuation on an annual basis. The valuation may occur more frequently if the Company determines that there is an indication that the market value may have declined.

Investment Valuation

Investment securities are classified as held to maturity when the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold such securities to maturity. Investment securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized losses due to fluctuations in fair value are recognized when it is determined that a credit related other than temporary decline in value has occurred. Investment securities bought and held principally for the purpose of sale in the near term are classified as trading securities. Securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period, but not necessarily to maturity are classified as available for sale. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of the related deferred tax effect, are reported as a net amount in a separate component of shareholders’ equity entitled “accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” Realized gains and losses on securities available for sale, determined using the specific identification method, are included in earnings. Premiums and discounts are amortized using the interest method over the period to maturity or expected call, if sooner.

Unrealized losses on available for sale and held to maturity securities are evaluated at least quarterly to determine whether the declines in value should be considered other than temporary. An other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) is separated into a credit and noncredit component. Noncredit component losses are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) when the Company a) does not intend to sell the security or b) is not more likely than not to have to sell the security prior to the security’s anticipated recovery. Credit component losses are reported through earnings. To determine the component of OTTI related to credit losses, the Company compares the amortized cost basis of the OTTI security to the present value of the revised expected cash flows, discounted using the current pre-impairment yield. Significant judgment of management is required in this analysis that includes, but is not limited to, assumptions regarding the ultimate collectability of principal and interest on the underlying collateral.

Although the determination of whether an impairment is other-than-temporary involves significant judgment, the underlying principle used is based on positive evidence indicating that an investment’s carrying value is recoverable within a reasonable period of time outweighs negative evidence to the contrary. Evidence that is objectively determinable and verifiable is given

greater weight than evidence that is subjective and or not verifiable. Evidence based on future events will generally be less objective as it is based on future expectations and therefore is generally less verifiable or not verifiable at all. Factors considered in evaluating whether a decline in value is other-than-temporary include, (a) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than amortized cost, (b) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer and (c) the Company’s intent and ability to retain the investment for a period of time. Other factors that may be considered include the ratings by recognized rating agencies; capital strength and other near-term prospects of the issuer and recommendation of investment advisors or market analysts. In situations in which the security’s fair value is below amortized cost but it continues to be probable that all contractual terms of the security will be satisfied, the decline is solely attributable to noncredit factors, and the Company asserts that it has positive intent and ability to hold that security to maturity, no OTTI is recognized.

Valuation of REO and Foreclosed Assets

Real estate properties acquired through foreclosure or by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure are recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is generally determined by management based on a number of factors, including third-party appraisals of fair value in an orderly sale. Accordingly, the valuation of REO is subject to significant external and internal judgment. Any differences between management’s assessment of fair value, less estimated costs to sell, and the carrying value of the loan at the date a particular property is transferred into REO are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Management periodically reviews REO values to determine whether the property continues to be carried at the lower of its recorded book value or fair value, net of estimated costs to sell. Any further decreases in the value of REO are considered valuation adjustments and trigger a corresponding charge to non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Expenses from the maintenance and operations of REO are included in other non-interest expense.

Goodwill Valuation

Goodwill is initially recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. The Company has one reporting unit, the Bank, for purposes of computing goodwill. All of the Company’s goodwill has been allocated to this single reporting unit. The Company performs an annual review in the third quarter of each year, or more frequently if indications of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill is impaired. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not considered impaired and no additional analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than its fair value, there is an indication that impairment may exist and additional analysis must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, the Company would allocate the fair value to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that would calculate the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, the Company would record an impairment charge for the difference.

A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others; a significant decline in our expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in our stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; adverse action or assessment by a regulator; and unanticipated competition. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of these assets and could have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Income taxes

The Company estimates tax expense based on the amount it expects to owe various tax authorities. Accrued taxes represent the net estimated amount due or to be received from taxing authorities. In estimating accrued taxes, management assesses the relative merits and risks of the appropriate tax treatment of transactions taking into account statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance in the context of our tax position.

We determine our deferred income taxes using the balance sheet method, under which the net deferred tax asset or liability is based on the tax effects of the differences between the book and tax bases of assets and liabilities, and changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period in which they occur. Deferred income tax expense or benefit is recorded based on changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods. The Company records net deferred tax assets to the extent these assets will more likely than not be realized. In making the determination whether a deferred tax asset is more likely than not to be realized, management seeks to evaluate all available positive and negative evidence including the possibility of future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and

recent financial results. A deferred tax asset valuation allowance is established to reduce the net carrying amount of deferred tax assets if it is determined to be more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Based on its evaluation of the Company’s deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2013, management determined that it was appropriate to record a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $16.2 million, reducing its deferred tax asset to $522,000 which is the amount related to the Company’s unrealized losses on its available for sale debt securities.

In reaching the determination to record the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, management evaluated all available evidence; however, a significant piece of objective evidence was the Company’s cumulative loss over the three year period ended March 31, 2013. This objective evidence limited management's ability to consider other subjective evidence, including any subjective expectation of a return to profitability in the future. Management will review the deferred tax asset on a quarterly basis. In the event management later determines that the Company is more likely than not to be able to realize the tax benefits, any future reversals of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance as a result of changes in the factors considered by management in establishing the allowance, including any return to profitability, would decrease the Company’s income tax expense and increase its after tax net income in the periods in which a reversal is recorded. For additional information see Note 1 and Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements and New Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for a description of recently adopted and new accounting pronouncements, including the respective dates of adoption and expected effects on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Operating Strategy

Fiscal year 2013 marked the 90th anniversary since the Bank began operations in 1923. The historical emphasis had been on residential real estate lending. Since 1998, however, the Company has been diversifying its loan portfolio through the expansion of its commercial and construction loan portfolios. At March 31, 2013, commercial and construction loans represented 81.5% of total loans. Commercial lending including commercial real estate typically has higher credit risk, greater interest margins and shorter terms than residential lending which can increase the loan portfolio’s profitability. The primary business strategy of the Company is to provide comprehensive banking and related financial services within its primary market area.

The Company’s goal is to deliver returns to shareholders by managing problem assets, increasing higher-yielding assets (in particular commercial real estate and commercial business loans), increasing core deposit balances, reducing expenses, hiring experienced employees with a commercial lending focus and exploring expansion opportunities. The Company seeks to achieve these results by focusing on the following objectives:

Focusing on Asset Quality. The Company is focused on monitoring existing performing loans, resolving nonperforming loans and selling foreclosed assets. The Company has aggressively sought to reduce its level of nonperforming assets through write-downs, collections, modifications and sales of nonperforming loans and real estate owned. The Company has taken proactive steps to resolve its nonperforming loans, including negotiating repayment plans, forbearances, loan modifications and loan extensions with borrowers when appropriate, and accepting short payoffs on delinquent loans, particularly when such payoffs result in a smaller loss than may be recognized through foreclosure. In connection with the downturn in real estate markets, the Company applied more conservative and stringent underwriting practices to new loans, including, among other things, increasing the amount of required collateral or equity requirements, reducing loan-to-value ratios and increasing debt service coverage ratios. The Company has also continued to reduce its exposure to land development and speculative construction loans. The total land development and speculative construction loan portfolios declined to $26.9 million compared to $49.6 million a year ago. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, nonperforming assets decreased from $62.9 million at March 31, 2012 to $36.8 million at March 31, 2013. Likewise, nonperforming loans decreased from $44.2 million at March 31, 2012 to $21.1 million at March 31, 2013. However, there can be no assurance that the ongoing economic conditions affecting our borrowers will not result in future increases in nonperforming and classified loans. In recent months, statistics reflect an increase in demand and sales of building lots in the Company’s primary market area resulting in an increase in the number of closed sales for land and building lots. For the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company sold $12.3 million in land and lot REO properties.

Improving Earnings by Expanding Product Offerings. Consistent with its capital and liquidity strategy while maintaining compliance with its heightened regulatory capital requirements, the Company intends to prudently increase the percentage of its assets consisting of higher-yielding commercial real estate and commercial loans, which offer higher risk-

adjusted returns, shorter maturities and more sensitivity to interest rate fluctuations. The Company also intends to selectively add additional products to further diversify revenue sources and to capture more of each customer’s banking relationship by cross selling loan and deposit products and additional services to Bank customers, including services provided through RAMCorp to increase its fee income. Assets under management by RAMCorp totaled $337.5 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $359.6 million at March 31, 2012.

The Company continuously reviews new products and services to provide its customers more financial options. All new technology and services are generally reviewed for business development and cost saving purposes. The Bank has implemented remote check capture at all of its branches and for selected customers of the Bank. The Company continues to experience growth in customer use of its online banking services, which allows customers to conduct a full range of services on a real-time basis, including balance inquiries, transfers and electronic bill paying. The Company also upgraded its online banking product for consumer customers, providing consumer customers greater flexibility and convenience in conducting their online banking. The Company’s online service has also enhanced the delivery of cash management services to business customers. The Company also introduced its mobile banking application during the second fiscal quarter of 2013 to further allow flexibility and convenience to its customers related to their banking needs. The Company also participates in an internet deposit listing service which allows the Company to post time deposit rates on an internet site where institutional investors have the ability to deposit funds with the Company. Furthermore, the Company may utilize the internet deposit listing service to purchase certificates of deposit at other financial institutions. The Company also offers Insured Cash Sweep (ICS™), a reciprocal money market product, to its customers along with the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service (CDARS™) program which allows customers access to FDIC insurance on deposits exceeding the $250,000 FDIC insurance limit.

Attracting Core Deposits and Other Deposit Products. The Company’s strategic focus is to emphasize total relationship banking with its customers to internally fund its loan growth. The Company has reduced its reliance on other wholesale funding sources, including FHLB and FRB advances, by focusing on the continued growth of core customer deposits. The Company believes that a continued focus on customer relationships will help to increase the level of core deposits and locally-based retail certificates of deposit. In addition to its retail branches, the Company maintains technology-based products, such as personal financial management, business cash management, and business remote deposit products, that enable it to compete effectively with banks of all sizes. Core branch deposits (comprised of all demand, savings, interest checking accounts and all time deposits but excludes wholesale-brokered deposits, trust account deposits, Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts (“IOLTA”), public funds and Internet based deposits) decreased $62.0 million during this same period. This decrease was primarily a decision by the Company to reduce a deposit concentration it had with its largest depositor by $28.0 million, the Company’s targeted efforts to reduce higher costing deposits as well as its liquidity strategy to reduce excess liquidity. The Company had no outstanding advances from the FHLB or the FRB at March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Continued Expense Control. Since fiscal 2009, management has undertaken several initiatives to reduce non-interest expense and will continue to make it a priority to identify cost savings opportunities throughout all aspects of the Company’s operations. The Company has instituted expense control measures such as cancelling certain projects and capital purchases, and reducing travel and entertainment expenditures. The Company has formed a cost saving committee whose mission is to find additional cost saving opportunities at the Company.

Recruiting and Retaining Highly Competent Personnel with a Focus on Commercial Lending. The Company’s ability to continue to attract and retain banking professionals with strong community relationships and significant knowledge of its markets will be a key to its success. The Company believes that it enhances its market position and adds profitable growth opportunities by focusing on hiring and retaining experienced bankers focused on owner occupied commercial real estate and commercial lending, and the deposit balances that accompany these relationships. The Company emphasizes to its employees the importance of delivering exemplary customer service and seeking opportunities to build further relationships with its customers. The goal is to compete with other financial service providers by relying on the strength of the Company’s customer service and relationship banking approach. The Company believes that one of its strengths is that its employees are also significant shareholders through the Company’s employee stock ownership (“ESOP”) and 401(k) plans.

Disciplined Franchise Expansion. The Company believes opportunities currently exist within its market area to grow its franchise. The Company anticipates organic growth as the local economy and loan demand strengthens, through its marketing efforts and as a result of the opportunities being created as a result of the consolidation of financial institutions occurring in its market area. The Company expects to gradually expand its operations further in the Portland, Oregon metropolitan area which has a population of approximately two million people. The Company will continue to be disciplined as it pertains to future expansion focusing on the Pacific Northwest markets it knows and understands. As part of its expansion strategy, on June 29, 2012, the Company opened a new branch in Gresham, Oregon.

Comparison of Financial Condition at March 31, 2013 and 2012

Cash, including interest-earning accounts, totaled $115.4 million at March 31, 2013, compared to $46.4 million at March 31, 2012. The increase in cash was attributable to principal repayments on loans receivable and proceeds received from the $31.4 million bulk sale of one-to-four family mortgages to the FHLMC during June 2012. The Company has been maintaining a higher liquidity position as compared to historical levels for regulatory and asset-liability matching purposes. As a part of the Company’s liquidity strategy, the Company invests a portion of its excess cash in short-term certificates of deposit at a higher yield than cash held in interest-earning accounts in order to maximize earnings. All of the certificates of deposit held for investment are fully insured under the FDIC. At March 31, 2013, certificates of deposits held for investments totaled $44.6 million compared to $41.5 million at March 31, 2012.

Investment securities available-for-sale totaled $6.2 million and $6.3 million at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no OTTI charges on investment securities. For additional information on our Level 3 fair value measurements see “-Fair Value of Level 3 Assets”.

Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale totaled $431,000 at March 31, 2013, compared to $974,000 at March 31, 2012. The $543,000 decrease was a result of principal repayments. The Company does not believe it has any exposure to sub-prime mortgage-backed securities.

Loans receivable, net, was $520.4 million at March 31, 2013, compared to $664.9 million at March 31, 2012. The decrease was due to principal repayments and planned reductions on existing loans in its commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family portfolios as part of its efforts to reduce classified and nonperforming loans as well as its capital strategy to control its asset size as well as the $31.4 million bulk sale of one-to-four family mortgage loans to the FHLMC during June 2012. The decrease was also a result of the Company’s aggressive efforts to reduce its classified and nonperforming loan balances. Overall, one-to-four family mortgages decreased $31.2 million to $69.8 million at March 31, 2013. Consistent with its focus of reducing speculative construction and land development loans, these loan portfolios decreased $7.3 million and $15.5 million, respectively, at March 31, 2013 compared to March 31, 2012. A substantial portion of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate, either as primary or secondary collateral, located in the Company’s primary market area. Risks associated with loans secured by real estate include decreasing land and property values, increases in interest rates, deterioration in local economic conditions, tightening credit or refinancing markets, and a concentration of loans within any one area. The Company has no option adjustable-rate mortgage (“ARM”), teaser, or sub-prime residential real estate loans in its portfolio.

Prepaid expenses and other assets were $3.1 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $6.4 million at March 31, 2012. The decrease was primarily due to a $1.9 million decrease in prepaid expenses, which is mainly comprised of the amortization of prepaid FDIC insurance assessments. Income taxes receivable decreased $815,000 at March 31, 2013 compared to March 31, 2012.

Goodwill was $25.6 million at March 31, 2013 and 2012. The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test during the third quarter ended December 31, 2012. The results of these tests indicated that the Company’s goodwill was not impaired. For additional information on our goodwill impairment testing, see "Goodwill Valuation" included in this Item 7.

Deposit accounts totaled $663.8 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $744.5 million at March 31, 2012. Deposits decreased as a result of the Company’s targeted efforts to reduce its higher costing deposits and to reduce its asset size as part of its overall capital and liquidity strategy. These decreases included a $11.8 million reduction in trust account deposits, a $15.9 million reduction in internet based deposits and a $28.0 million reduction in a deposit concentration with its largest depositor. Core branch deposits (comprised of all demand, savings, interest checking accounts, time deposits, excluding Trust account deposits, IOLTA-IRETA, public funds and internet-based deposits) decreased $62.0 million and account for 94.4% of total deposits at March 31, 2013, compared to 92.5% at March 31, 2012. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no brokered deposits (exclusive of CDARS and ICS deposits). The Company plans to continue its focus on the growth of customer branch deposits and on building customer relationships as opposed to obtaining deposits through the wholesale markets.

Deferred income taxes, net totaled $522,000 at March 31, 2013 compared to $603,000 at March 31, 2012. For additional information on the Company’s deferred income taxes, see Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of the Form 10-K.

Shareholders' equity increased $2.8 million to $78.4 million at March 31, 2013 from $75.6 million at March 31, 2012. The increase in equity was primarily a result of the $2.6 million net income for the year ended March 31, 2013.

Goodwill Valuation

Goodwill is initially recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. The Company has one reporting unit, the Bank, for purposes of computing goodwill. All of the Company’s goodwill has been allocated to this single reporting unit. The Company performs an annual review in the third quarter of each fiscal year, or more frequently if indications of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill is impaired. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, goodwill at the reporting unit level is not considered impaired and no additional analysis is necessary. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is higher than its fair value, there is an indication that impairment may exist and additional analysis must be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The amount of impairment is determined by comparing the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to the carrying value of the goodwill in the same manner as if the reporting unit was being acquired in a business combination. Specifically, the Company would allocate the fair value to all of the assets and liabilities of the reporting unit, including unrecognized intangible assets, in a hypothetical analysis that would calculate the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is less than the recorded goodwill, the Company would record an impairment charge for the difference.

A significant amount of judgment is involved in determining if an indicator of impairment has occurred. Such indicators may include, among others; a significant decline in expected future cash flows; a sustained, significant decline in the Company’s stock price and market capitalization; a significant adverse change in legal factors or in the business climate; adverse assessment or action by a regulator; and unanticipated competition. Any adverse change in these factors could have a significant impact on the recoverability of such assets and could have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test during the quarter-ended December 31, 2012. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. Step one of the goodwill impairment test estimates the fair value of the reporting unit utilizing the allocation of corporate value approach, the income approach and the market approach in order to derive an enterprise value of the Company. The allocation of corporate value approach applies the aggregate market value of the Company and divides it among the reporting units. A key assumption in this approach is the control premium applied to the aggregate market value. A control premium is utilized as the value of a company from the perspective of a controlling interest and is generally higher than the widely quoted market price per share. The Company used an expected control premium of 40%, which was based on comparable transactional history. The income approach uses a reporting unit’s projection of estimated operating results and cash flows that is discounted using a rate that reflects current market conditions. The projection uses management’s best estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period including growth rates in loans and deposits, estimates of future expected changes in net interest margins and cash expenditures. Assumptions used by the Company in its discounted cash flow model (income approach) included an annual revenue growth rate that approximated 1.8%, a net interest margin that approximated 4.1% and a return on assets that ranged from 0.43% to 0.92% (average of 0.67%). In addition to utilizing the above projections of estimated operating results, key assumptions used to determine the fair value estimate under the income approach was the discount rate of 15.2% utilized for our cash flow estimates and a terminal value estimated at 1.3 times the ending book value of the reporting unit. The Company used a build-up approach in developing the discount rate that included: an assessment of the risk free interest rate, the rate of return expected from publicly traded stocks, the industry the Company operates in and the size of the Company. The market approach estimates fair value by applying tangible book value multiples to the reporting unit’s operating performance. The multiples are derived from comparable publicly traded companies with similar operating and investment characteristics of the reporting unit. In applying the market approach method, the Company selected eight publicly traded comparable institutions based on a variety of financial metrics (tangible equity, leverage ratio, return on assets, return on equity, net interest margin, nonperforming assets, net charge-offs, and reserves for loan losses) and other relevant qualitative factors (geographical location, lines of business, business model, risk profile, availability of financial information, etc.). After selecting comparable institutions, the Company derived the fair value of the reporting unit by completing a comparative analysis of the relationship between their financial metrics listed above and their market values utilizing a market multiple of 1.12 times tangible book value. The Company calculated a fair value of its reporting unit of $72 million using the corporate value approach, $72 million using the income approach and $84 million using the market approach, with a final concluded value of $78 million, with primary weight given to the market approach. The results of the Company’s step one test indicated that the reporting unit’s fair value was less than its carrying value and therefore the Company performed a step two analysis.

The Company calculated the implied fair value of its reporting unit under step two of the goodwill impairment test. Under this approach, the Company calculated the fair value for its unrecognized deposit intangible, as well as the remaining assets

and liabilities of the reporting unit. The calculated implied fair value of the Company’s goodwill exceeded the carrying value by $11.6 million. Significant adjustments were made to the fair value of the Company’s loans receivable compared to its recorded value. The Company utilized a discounted cash flow approach to determine the fair value of its loans receivable. A key assumption was determining an appropriate discount rate. In determining the discount rate, the Company started with its contractual cash flows and its current lending rate for comparable loans and adjusted these for both credit and liquidity premiums. Based on results of the step two impairment test, the Company determined no impairment charge of goodwill was required.

An interim impairment test was not deemed necessary as of March 31, 2013, due to there not being a significant change in the reporting unit’s assets and liabilities, the amount that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded the carrying value as of the most recent valuation, and because the Company determined that, based on an analysis of events that have occurred and circumstances that have changed since the most recent valuation date, the likelihood that a current fair value determination would be less than the current carrying amount of the reporting unit is remote.

Even though the Company determined that there was no goodwill impairment, continued declines in the value of its stock price as well as values of other financial institutions, declines in revenue for the Company beyond our current forecasts and significant adverse changes in the operating environment for the financial industry may result in a future impairment charge.

It is possible that changes in circumstances existing at the measurement date or at other times in the future, or in the numerous estimates associated with management’s judgments, assumptions and estimates made in assessing the fair value of our goodwill, could result in an impairment charge of a portion or all of our goodwill. If the Company recorded an impairment charge, its financial position and results of operations would be adversely affected, however, such an impairment charge would have no impact on our liquidity, operations or regulatory capital.

Fair Value of Level 3 Assets

The Company determines the fair value of certain assets that are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy established by accounting standards. These Level 3 assets are valued using significant unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets. These Level 3 assets include certain available for sale securities, loans measured for impairment, and REO for which there is neither an active market for identical assets from which to determine fair value, nor is there sufficient, current market information about similar assets to use as observable, corroborated data for all significant inputs in a valuation model. Under these circumstances, the fair values of these assets are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies, appraisals, valuation in accordance with accounting standards, for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

Valuations using models or other techniques are dependent upon assumptions used for the significant inputs. Where market data is available, the inputs used for valuation reflect that information as of the valuation date. In periods of extreme volatility, lessened liquidity or in illiquid markets, there may be more variability in market pricing or a lack of market data to use in the valuation process. Judgment is then applied in formulating those inputs.

At March 31, 2013, the market for the Company’s collateralized debt obligation (“CDO”), which is secured by trust preferred securities issued by other bank holding companies, was determined to be inactive in management’s judgment. This determination was made by the Company after considering the last known trade date for this specific security, the low number of transactions for similar types of securities, the significant widening of the bid-ask spread in the brokered markets in which these securities trade, the low number of new issuances for similar securities, the significant increase in the implied liquidity risk premium for similar securities, the lack of information that is released publicly and discussions with third-party industry analysts. Due to the inactivity in the market, observable market data was not readily available for all significant inputs for this security. Accordingly, the CDO was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Consistent with previous valuations, the Company determined that an income approach valuation technique (using cash flows and present value techniques) that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs was the most appropriate valuation technique. Management used significant unobservable inputs that reflect our assumptions of what a market participant would use to price this security. Significant unobservable inputs included selecting an appropriate discount rate, default rate and repayment assumptions. The Company estimated the discount rate by comparing rates for similarly rated corporate bonds, with additional consideration given to market liquidity. The default rates and repayment assumptions were estimated based on the individual issuer’s financial conditions, historical repayment information, as well as our future expectations of the capital markets.

Additionally, the Company received two independent Level 3 valuation estimates for this security. Those valuation estimates were based on proprietary pricing models utilizing significant unobservable inputs. Although the Company’s estimate of fair value fell outside the range of valuations provided, the magnitude in the range of fair value estimates further supported the difficulty in estimating the fair value for these types of securities in the current environment. Additionally, the Company believes that some of the assumptions used were overly aggressive and unrealistic. Therefore, the Company believes its valuation at March 31, 2013 is reasonable.

Certain loans included in the loan portfolio were deemed impaired at March 31, 2013. Accordingly, loans measured for impairment were classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy as there is no active market for these loans. Measuring impairment of a loan requires judgment and estimates, and the eventual outcomes may differ from those estimates. Impairment was measured based on a number of factors, including recent independent appraisals which are further reduced for estimated selling costs or as a practical expedient by estimating the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate.

In addition, REO was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. Management generally determines fair value based on a number of factors, including third-party appraisals of fair value less estimated costs to sell. The valuation of REO is subject to significant external and internal judgment, and the eventual outcomes may differ from those estimates.

For additional information on our Level 1, 2 and 3 fair value measurements see Note 17 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended March 31, 2013 and 2012

Net Income or Loss. Net income was $2.6 million, or $0.12 per diluted share for the year ended March 31, 2013, compared to a net loss of $31.7 million, or $(1.42) per diluted share for the year ended March 31, 2012. The increase in earnings reflects the current stabilization of the economic environment and improvement in asset quality at the Company, which contributed to a significant decrease in the provision for loan losses of $28.5 million.

Net Interest Income. The Company’s profitability depends primarily on its net interest income, which is the difference between the income it receives on interest-earning assets and the interest paid on deposits and borrowings. When interest-earning assets equal or exceed interest-bearing liabilities, any positive interest rate spread will generate net interest income. The Company’s results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates, government legislation and regulation, and monetary and fiscal policies.

Net interest income for fiscal year 2013 decreased $4.2 million, or 12.5% to $29.4 million compared to $33.7 million in fiscal year 2012. The net interest margin for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 was 4.06% compared to 4.33% for the same prior year period. This decrease was primarily the result of the decrease in average loans receivable and the downward repricing of loans within the loan portfolio and increase in lower yielding cash and short term investments.

The ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities increased to 121.93% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to 120.53% for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. The Company achieves better net interest rate margins in a stable or increasing interest rate environment as a result of the balance sheet being slightly asset interest rate sensitive. Approximately 8.66% of our loan portfolio was adjustable (floating) at March 31, 2013. At March 31, 2013, approximately $32.5 million, or 70.09% of our adjustable (floating) loan portfolio contained interest rate floors, below which the loans’ contractual interest rate may not adjust. The inability of these loans to adjust downward has contributed to increased income in the currently low interest rate environment; however, net interest income will be reduced in a rising interest rate environment until such time as the current rate exceeds these interest rate floors. At March 31, 2013, $31.4 million or 5.85% of the loans in the Company’s loan portfolio were at the floor interest rate of which $24.6 million or 78.33% had yields that would begin floating again once the Prime Rate increases at least 150 basis points. While we do not anticipate further significant reductions in market interest rates, further modest reductions in its deposit costs are expected due to decreases in its deposit rate offerings and as existing long-term deposits renew upon maturity and reprice at a lower rate. The amount and timing of these reductions is dependent on competitive pricing pressures, yield curve shape and changes in interest rate spreads.

Interest Income. Interest income was $32.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to $39.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. This decrease was due primarily to a decrease in average loan balances, and to a lesser extent, the impact of loans repricing down to the current low interest rates.

Average interest-bearing assets decreased $51.7 million to $726.1 million for fiscal year 2013 from $777.9 million for fiscal year 2012. The $51.7 million decrease was mainly due to the decrease in the average balance of loans receivable. The

average balance of loans receivable decreased $95.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2013 from $608.4 million for the last fiscal year. The decrease in average loan balances was due to the Company’s effort in the past fiscal year to restructure its balance sheet and reduce its overall loans receivable as part of the Company’s asset quality, capital and liquidity strategies. The decrease was also due to an increase in principal repayments and to the sale of $31.4 million in one-to-four family mortgages loans to FHLMC during the quarter-ended June 30, 2012. The yield on interest-earning assets was 4.54% for fiscal year 2013 compared to 5.08% for fiscal year 2012. During the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company reversed $156,000 and $974,000, respectively, of interest income on nonperforming loans.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 totaled $3.5 million, a $2.4 million or 40.6% decrease from $5.9 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in interest expense was the result of declining deposit costs, primarily due to the low interest rate environment and change in deposit mix. The deposit mix has shifted from higher costing certificates of deposits to lower costing transaction accounts. The Company has continued to lower its deposit costs throughout the year on many of its deposit products. The weighted average interest rate on interest-bearing deposits decreased from 0.70% for the year ended March 31, 2012 to 0.47% for the year ended March 31, 2013. The decrease in interest expense was also due the Company’s junior subordinated debentures changing from a fixed to floating interest rate. The weighted average interest rate on other interest-bearing liabilities decreased to 3.25% for the year ended March 31, 2013 from 5.97% for the prior fiscal year.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses for fiscal year 2013 was $900,000 compared to $29.4 million for the same period in the prior year. The decrease in the provision for loan losses was primarily a result of a decrease in the level of delinquent and classified loans, an improvement in credit quality, a decrease in net charge-offs in addition to an overall decrease in the loan portfolio compared to prior year. However, classified loans have remained at higher levels compared to historical trends. These conditions are primarily the result of the continuing weak economy and decline in real estate values which significantly affected our borrower’s liquidity and ability to repay loans. The weak economy has also adversely affected the Bank’s commercial business and commercial real estate customers in recent quarters. Classified commercial real estate loans increased to $37.6 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $35.1 million at March 31, 2012. Economic factors impacting these borrowers typically lag that of non-commercial business and non-commercial real estate borrowers.

Net charge-offs for the year ended March 31, 2013 were $5.2 million compared to $24.4 million for the same period last year. Net charge-offs declined due to the stabilization of real estate values and the improvement in asset quality at the Company. The net charge-offs were primarily attributable to the charge-off of commercial business loans totaling $1.5 million and commercial real estate loans totaling $1.5 million. Net charge-offs to average net loans for the year ended March 31, 2013 were 0.86% compared to 3.51% for the same period last year. Nonperforming loans decreased to $21.1 million at March 31, 2013 compared to $44.2 million at March 31, 2012. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans was 2.92% at March 31, 2013 compared to 2.91% at March 31, 2012. The allowance as a percentage of nonperforming loans increased to 74.02% at March 31, 2013 compared to 45.11% at March 31, 2012. This ratio increased due to the overall decrease in nonperforming loans.

Impaired loans are subjected to an impairment analysis to determine an appropriate reserve amount to be held against each loan. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had identified $32.6 million of impaired loans. Because the significant majority of the impaired loans are collateral dependent, nearly all of the specific allowances are calculated based on the fair value of the collateral. Of those impaired loans, $23.3 million have no specific valuation allowance as their estimated collateral value is equal to or exceeds the carrying costs, which in some cases is the result of previous loan charge-offs. The remaining $9.3 million have specific valuation allowances totaling $719,000. Charge-offs on these impaired loans totaled $3.2 million from their original loan balance. Based on a comprehensive analysis, management deemed the allowance for loan losses of $15.6 million at March 31, 2013 (2.92% of total loans and 74.02% of nonperforming loans) adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses.

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income increased $2.0 million to $8.9 million for the year ended March 31, 2013 from $6.8 million for the same period in 2012. The increase in non-interest income was primarily due the increase in the gain on sale of loans held for sale of $1.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2013 compared to the prior fiscal year. The $1.2 million increase during the year ended March 31, 2013 was due to a $704,000 gain on sale resulting from the planned bulk sale of one-to-four family mortgages sold to FHLMC in June 2012 as well as an increase in mortgage banking activity due to an increase in refinancing activity. Broker loan fees increased by $256,000 in fiscal year 2013 compared to the year ended March 31, 2012. Furthermore, the Bank experienced, in total, fewer losses on REO sales. The loss on sales of REO was $384,000 for the year ended March 31, 2013 compared to losses of $556,000 for the year ended March 31, 2012, which was a $172,000 improvement over the prior year.

These increases were offset by asset management fees which decreased $195,000 for the year ended March 31, 2013 compared to the prior year. The decrease in asset management fees was a result of a decrease in assets under management of RAMCorp, which totaled $359.6 million at March 31, 2012 compared to $337.5 million at March 31, 2013.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $335,000 to $34.8 million for fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 compared to $34.4 million for fiscal year ended March 31, 2012. Management continues to focus on managing controllable costs as the Company proactively adjusts to lower levels of real estate lending activity. However, certain expenses remain out of the Company’s control, including FDIC insurance premiums and REO expenses and write-downs.

The principal component of the increase in the Company’s non-interest expense was due to the increase in REO related expenses (which includes operating costs and write-downs on properties) of $684,000 along with an increase in FDIC premiums of $396,000. These increases were partially offset by a $564,000 decrease in salaries and employee benefits and a $164,000 decrease in marketing expenses.

Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes was $29,000 for the year ended March 31, 2013 compared to $8.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2012. The $8.3 million decrease in provision for income taxes was a result of an $8.7 million charge to create a valuation allowance in the prior fiscal year against the Company’s deferred tax assets, which did not recur this year. In accordance with current accounting guidance, a valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. “More likely than not” is defined as greater than 50% probability of occurrence. A determination as to the ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon management’s judgment and evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, forecasts of future taxable income, applicable tax planning strategies, and an assessment of current and future economic and business conditions.

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company determined that it was appropriate to carry a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $16.2 million and $16.8 million, respectively, reducing its deferred tax asset to $522,000 and $603,000, respectively, which is the amount related to the Company’s unrealized losses on its available for sale debt securities. Any future reversals of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance as a result of changes in the factors considered by management in establishing the allowance, including any return to profitability, would decrease the Company’s income tax expense and increase its after tax net income in the periods in which a reversal is recorded. At March 31, 2013, the Company had a deferred tax asset of $5.8 million and $257,000 for federal and state, net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, which will expire in 2032. Reference is made to Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, for further discussion of the Company’s income taxes.

Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended March 31, 2012 and 2011

Net Income or Loss. Net loss was $31.7 million, or $(1.42) per diluted share for the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to a net income of $4.3 million, or $0.24 per diluted share for the year ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in earnings reflects an increase in the provision for loan losses of $24.3 million, an increase in costs associated with REO properties of $3.3 million and the establishment of a $8.7 million valuation allowance against the Company’s deferred tax assets.

Net Interest Income. Net interest income for fiscal year 2012 decreased $1.5 million, or a 4.3%, to $33.7 million compared to $35.2 million in fiscal year 2011. The net interest margin for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 was 4.33% compared to 4.64% for the same prior year period. This decrease was primarily the result of the downward repricing of loans within the loan portfolio, the reversal of interest income on non-accrual loans and an increase in lower yielding cash and short term investments.

Interest Income. Interest income was $39.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 compared to $43.2 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in interest income was due primarily to adjustable rate loans repricing to lower current market interest rates, and to a lesser extent the decrease in the average balance of loans receivable, the reversal

of interest income from loans placed on non-accrual status as well as an increase in lower yielding cash and short term investments. Average interest-bearing assets increased $19.0 million to $777.9 million for fiscal year 2012 from $758.8 million for fiscal year 2011. The $19.0 million increase was mainly due to the increase in certificate of deposits held for investment. The funds used to purchase these certificate of deposits mainly resulted from the $27.9 million increase in deposits during fiscal year 2012. The yield on interest-earning assets was 5.08% for fiscal year 2012 compared to 5.70% for fiscal year 2011. During the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company reversed $974,000 and $216,000, respectively, of interest income on nonperforming loans. Other interest and dividend income increased $190,000 to $400,000 for fiscal year 2012 compared to $210,000 for fiscal year 2011. This increase was primarily due to the increase in short-term certificates of deposit during fiscal year 2012, which generated interest income of $261,000.

Interest Expense. Interest expense for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 totaled $5.9 million, a $2.2 million or 27.2% decrease from $8.1 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in interest expense was the result of declining deposit costs, primarily due to the low interest rate environment and change in deposit mix. The deposit mix has shifted from higher costing certificates of deposits to lower costing transaction accounts. The Company has continued to lower its deposit costs throughout the year on many of its deposit products. The weighted average interest rate on interest-bearing deposits decreased from 1.06% for the year ended March 31, 2011 to 0.70% for the year ended March 31, 2012.

Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses for fiscal year 2012 was $29.4 million, compared to $5.1 million for the same period in the prior year. The increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily a result of an increase in the level of delinquent and classified loans compared to prior year. Recent appraisals received by the Company have also reflected declines in real estate values. The provision for loan losses continues to reflect higher levels of classified loans, delinquencies, nonperforming loans and net charge-offs compared to historical trends. These conditions are primarily the result of a slowdown in residential real estate sales that affected among others, homebuilders and developers. This slowdown in home sales coupled with declining real estate values has significantly affected these borrowers’ liquidity and ability to repay loans. The Company’s problem loans were concentrated in land acquisition and development loans.

Net charge-offs for the year ended March 31, 2012 were $24.4 million, compared to $11.7 million for the same period last year. The net charge-offs were primarily attributable to the charge-off of land and lot loans totaling $10.9 million. Net charge-offs to average net loans for the year ended March 31, 2012 were 3.51%, compared to 1.67% for the same period last year. Charge-offs also increased partially as a result of the change in our primary regulator from the OTS to the OCC. OCC regulatory guidance requires charge-offs related to impaired loans for which specific valuation allowances had been recorded be eliminated. Nonperforming loans increased to $44.2 million at March 31, 2012 compared to $12.3 million at March 31, 2011. Nonperforming loans increased due primarily to continued strains on borrowers as a result of the continued weak economic conditions in the Company’s primary market area. The ratio of allowance for loan losses to total loans was 2.91% at March 31, 2012, compared to 2.18% at March 31, 2011. The allowance as a percentage of nonperforming loans decreased to 45.11% at March 31, 2012, compared to 121.46% at March 31, 2011. This ratio decreased due to the overall increase in nonperforming loans.

Impaired loans are subjected to an impairment analysis to determine an appropriate reserve amount to be held against each loan. As of March 31, 2012, the Company had identified $65.7 million of impaired loans. Because the significant majority of the impaired loans are collateral dependent, nearly all of the specific allowances are calculated based on the fair value of the collateral. Of those impaired loans, $45.5 million have no specific valuation allowance as their estimated collateral value is equal to or exceeds the carrying costs, which in some cases is the result of previous loan charge-offs. Charge-offs on these impaired loans totaled $10.8 million from their original loan balance. The remaining $20.2 million have specific valuation allowances totaling $1.6 million. Based on a comprehensive analysis, management deemed the allowance for loan losses of $19.9 million at March 31, 2012 (2.91% of total loans and 45.11% of nonperforming loans) adequate to cover probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. See Note 6 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding the allowance for loan losses.

Non-Interest Income. Non-interest income decreased $1.1 million to $6.8 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 from $7.9 million for the same period in 2011. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily due to a $556,000 net loss on REO sales for the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to $386,000 gain on REO sales for the year ended March 31, 2011. Furthermore, gain on sale of loans held for sale decreased $233,000 for the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to the same period in prior year, which was attributable to the Company’s decision to retain single-family residential mortgage loans in its portfolio as opposed to selling these loans to FHLMC. Broker loan fees decreased by $133,000 in fiscal year 2012 compared to the year ended March 31, 2011 primarily as a result the slowdown in real estate loan sales in our primary market area. These decreases were offset by asset management fees which increased $288,000 for the year ended March 31,

2012 compared to the prior year. The increase in asset management fees was a result of an increase in assets under management of RAMCorp, which totaled $328.1 million at March 31, 2011 compared to $359.6 million at March 31, 2012.

Non-Interest Expense. Non-interest expense increased $2.9 million to $34.4 million for fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 compared to $31.5 million for fiscal year ended March 31, 2011.

The principal component of the increase in the Company’s non-interest expense was due to the increase in REO related expenses (which includes operating costs, write-downs and losses on the disposition of property) of $3.3 million. REO related expense will remain elevated compared to historical levels due to the higher REO balances as compared to previous years. Data processing expense increased $354,000 as a result of a one-time termination fee related to the Company’s conversion of its internet banking platform.

These increases were partially offset by an $827,000 decrease in salaries and employee benefits due to a reduction in incentive compensation and a $504,000 decrease in FDIC deposit insurance premiums as compared to the prior fiscal year. This decrease was a result of a change in the FDIC’s assessment fees and assessment base from total deposits to total assets less tangible equity.

Income Taxes. The provision for income taxes was $8.4 million for the year ended March 31, 2012 compared to $2.2 million for the year ended March 31, 2011. The provision for income taxes was a result of an $8.7 million charge to create a valuation allowance during the quarter ended December 31, 2011 against the Company’s deferred tax assets.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company determined that it was appropriate to carry a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $16.8 million, reducing its deferred tax asset to $603,000 which is the amount related to the Company’s unrealized losses on its available for sale debt securities. Any future reversals of the deferred tax asset valuation allowance as a result of changes in the factors considered by management in establishing the allowance, including any return to profitability, would decrease the Company’s income tax expense and increase its after tax net income in the periods in which a reversal is recorded. Reference is made to Note 12 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K, for further discussion of the Company’s income taxes.

Average Balance Sheet. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, information regarding average balances of assets and liabilities as well as the total dollar amounts of interest income earned on average interest-earning assets and interest expense paid on average interest-bearing liabilities, resultant yields, interest rate spread, ratio of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities and net interest margin. Average balances for a period have been calculated using monthly average balances during such period. Interest income on tax-exempt securities has been adjusted to a taxable-equivalent basis using the statutory federal income tax rate of 34%. Non-accruing loans were included in the average loan amounts outstanding. Loan fees of $964,000, $979,000 and $1.1 million are included in interest income for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013							2012							2011
	Average Balance		Interest and Dividends		Yield/ Cost			Average Balance		Interest and Dividends		Yield/ Cost			Average Balance		Interest and Dividends		Yield/ Cost
	(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
Mortgage loans	$	521,224	$	28,034		5.38	%	$	608,419	$	34,278		5.63	%	$	609,961	$	37,570		6.16	%
Non-mortgage loans		77,804		4,007		5.15			85,963		4,616		5.37			93,900		5,127		5.46
Total net loans		599,028		32,041		5.35			694,382		38,894		5.60			703,861		42,697		6.07

Mortgage-backed securities (1)		813		25		3.08			1,490		51		3.42			2,428		88		3.62
Investment securities (1)		8,159		300		3.68			8,393		209		2.49			8,885		247		2.78
Daily interest-bearing assets		1,347		-		-			4,186		-		-			9,234		7		0.08
Other earning assets		116,776		574		0.49			69,413		400		0.58			34,439		203		0.59
Total interest-earning assets		726,123		32,940		4.54			777,864		39,554		5.08			758,847		43,242		5.70
Non-interest-earning assets:
Office properties and equipment, net		17,636							16,315							15,975
Other non-interest-earning assets		64,582							76,475							75,305
Total assets	$	808,341						$	870,654						$	850,127

Interest-bearing liabilities:
Regular savings accounts	$	49,394	$	92		0.19		$	40,345	$	124		0.31		$	34,124	$	160		0.47
Interest checking		86,091		135		0.16			96,764		281		0.29			81,279		239		0.29
Money market accounts		228,269		602		0.26			234,325		1,049		0.45			214,490		1,846		0.86
Certificates of deposit		206,565		1,838		0.89			248,696		2,903		1.17			287,109		4,324		1.51
Total interest-bearing deposits		570,319		2,667		0.47			620,130		4,357		0.70			617,002		6,569		1.06

Other interest-bearing liabilities		25,185		818		3.25			25,239		1,508		5.97			32,340		1,483		4.59
Total interest-bearing liabilities		595,504		3,485		0.59			645,369		5,865		0.91			649,342		8,052		1.24

Non-interest-bearing liabilities:
Non-interest-bearing deposits		127,048							110,959							91,167
Other liabilities		8,619							9,457							8,975
Total liabilities		731,171							765,785							749,484
Shareholders’ equity		77,170							104,869							100,643
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	808,341						$	870,654						$	850,127
Net interest income			$	29,455						$	33,689						$	35,190
Interest rate spread						3.95	%						4.17	%						4.46	%
Net interest margin						4.06	%						4.33	%						4.64	%
Ratio of average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities						121.93	%						120.53	%						116.86	%
Tax Equivalent Adjustment (2)			$	8						$	22						$	28

(1) For purposes of the computation of average yield on investments available for sale, historical cost balances were utilized, therefore, the yield information does not give effect to change in fair value that are reflected as a component of shareholders’ equity.
(2) Tax-equivalent adjustment relates to non-taxable investment interest income and preferred equity securities dividend income. The federal statutory tax rate was 34% for all years presented.

Rate/Volume Analysis

The following table sets forth the effects of changing rates and volumes on net interest income of the Company. Information is provided with respect to: (i) effects on interest income attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate); (ii) effects on interest income attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume); and (iii) changes in rate/volume (change in rate multiplied by change in volume). Rate/volume variance is allocated based on the percentage relationship of changes in volume and changes in rate to the total net change.

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013 vs. 2012									2012 vs. 2011

	Increase (Decrease) Due to									Increase (Decrease) Due to
							Total									Total
							Increase									Increase
	Volume			Rate			(Decrease)			Volume			Rate			(Decrease)
	(In thousands)
Interest Income:
Mortgage loans	$	(4,767	)	$	(1,477	)	$	(6,244	)	$	(94	)	$	(3,198	)	$	(3,292	)
Non-mortgage loans		(425	)		(184	)		(609	)		(427	)		(84	)		(511	)
Mortgage-backed securities		(21	)		(5	)		(26	)		(32	)		(5	)		(37	)
Investment securities (1)		(6	)		97			91			(13	)		(25	)		(38	)
Daily interest-bearing		-			-			-			(3	)		(4	)		(7	)
Other earning assets		243			(69	)		174			200			(3	)		197
Total interest income		(4,976	)		(1,638	)		(6,614	)		(369	)		(3,319	)		(3,688	)

Interest Expense:
Regular savings accounts		24			(56	)		(32	)		26			(62	)		(36	)
Interest checking accounts		(29	)		(117	)		(146	)		42			-			42
Money market deposit accounts		(26	)		(421	)		(447	)		157			(954	)		(797	)
Certificates of deposit		(442	)		(623	)		(1,065	)		(530	)		(891	)		(1,421	)
Other interest-bearing liabilities		(3	)		(687	)		(690	)		(366	)		391			25
Total interest expense		(476	)		(1,904	)		(2,380	)		(671	)		(1,516	)		(2,187	)
Net interest income	$	(4,500	)	$	266		$	(4,234	)	$	302		$	(1,803	)	$	(1,501	)

(1) Interest is presented on a fully tax-equivalent basis under a tax rate of 34%

Asset and Liability Management

The Company's principal financial objective is to achieve long-term profitability while reducing its exposure to fluctuating market interest rates. The Company has sought to reduce the exposure of its earnings to changes in market interest rates by attempting to manage the difference between asset and liability maturities and interest rates. The principal element in achieving this objective is to increase the interest rate sensitivity of the Company's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Interest rate sensitivity increases by retaining portfolio loans with interest rates subject to periodic adjustment to market conditions and selling fixed-rate one-to-four family mortgage loans with terms to maturity of more than 15 years. The Company relies on retail deposits as its primary source of funds. Management believes retail deposits reduce the effects of interest rate fluctuations because they generally represent a stable source of funds. As part of its interest rate risk management strategy, the Company promotes transaction accounts and certificates of deposit with terms up to ten years.

The Company has adopted a strategy that is designed to maintain or improve the interest rate sensitivity of assets relative to its liabilities. The primary elements of this strategy involve: the origination of adjustable rate loans; increasing commercial loans, consumer loans that are adjustable rate and other short-term loans as a portion of total net loans receivable because of their generally shorter terms and higher yields than other one-to-four family residential mortgage loans; matching asset and liability maturities; investing in short-term securities; and selling most long term, fixed rate, one-to-four family mortgage loan originations. The strategy for liabilities has been to shorten the maturities for both deposits and borrowings. The longer-term objective is to increase the proportion of noninterest bearing demand deposits, low interest bearing demand deposits, money market accounts, and savings deposits relative to certificates of deposit to reduce our overall cost of funds.

The Company's mortgage servicing activities provide additional protection from interest rate risk. The Company retains servicing rights on all mortgage loans sold. As market interest rates rise, the fixed rate loans held in portfolio diminish in value. However, the value of the servicing portfolio tends to rise as market interest rates increase because borrowers tend not

to prepay the underlying mortgages, thus providing an interest rate risk hedge versus the fixed rate loan portfolio. Loans serviced for others totaled $125.7 million of which $119.9 million is serviced for FHLMC at March 31, 2013. See "Item 1. Business -- Lending Activities -- Mortgage Loan Servicing."

Consumer loans, such as home equity lines of credit and installment loans, commercial loans and construction loans typically have shorter terms and higher yields than permanent residential mortgage loans, and accordingly reduce the Company's exposure to fluctuations in interest rates. Adjustable interest rate loans totaled $344.3 million or 64.1% of total loans at March 31, 2013 as compared to $416.2 million or 60.8% at March 31, 2012. Although the Company has sought to originate adjustable rate loans, the ability to originate and purchase such loans depends to a great extent on market interest rates and borrowers' preferences. Particularly in lower interest rate environments, borrowers often prefer to obtain fixed rate loans. See Item 1. “Business - Lending Activities - Construction Lending" and “- Lending Activities - Consumer Lending."

The Company may also invest in short-term to medium-term U.S. Government securities as well as mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. Government agencies. At March 31, 2013 the combined portfolio carried at $6.8 million had an average term to repricing or maturity of 4.33 years. Adjustable rate mortgage-backed securities totaled $300,000 at March 31, 2013 compared to $397,000 at March 31, 2012. See Item 1. “Business -- Investment Activities."

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is essential to our business. The objective of the Bank’s liquidity management is to maintain ample cash flows to meet obligations for depositor withdrawals, to fund the borrowing needs of loan customers, and to fund ongoing operations. Core relationship deposits are the primary source of the Bank’s liquidity. As such, the Bank focuses on deposit relationships with local consumer and business clients who maintain multiple accounts and services at the Bank.

In response to the adverse economic conditions, the Company has been, and will continue to work toward reducing the amount of nonperforming assets, controlling balance sheet growth, reducing controllable operating costs, and augmenting deposits while striving to maximize secured borrowing facilities to improve liquidity and preserve capital over the coming fiscal year. However, the Company’s inability to successfully implement its plans or further deterioration in economic conditions and real estate prices could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity.

Liquidity management is both a short- and long-term responsibility of the Company's management. The Company adjusts its investments in liquid assets based upon management's assessment of (i) expected loan demand, (ii) projected loan sales, (iii) expected deposit flows, (iv) yields available on interest-bearing deposits and (v) its asset/liability management program objectives. Excess liquidity is invested generally in interest-bearing overnight deposits and other short-term government and agency obligations. If the Company requires funds beyond its ability to generate them internally, it has additional diversified and reliable sources of funds with the FHLB, the FRB, and other wholesale facilities. These sources of funds may be used on a long or short-term basis to compensate for reduction in other sources of funds or on a long-term basis to support lending activities. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on its outstanding $22.7 million aggregate principal amount of junior subordinated debentures issued in connection with the sale of trust preferred securities through statutory business trusts. The Company continued with the interest deferral at March 31, 2013. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had deferred a total of $3.3 million of interest payments. The accrual for these payments is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. This deferral may adversely affect our ability to access wholesale funding facilities or obtain debt financing on commercially reasonable terms, or at all. For more information concerning limitations on our ability to incur additional debt and the risks related to our recent deferral of interest on our trust preferred securities, see Item 1A. “Risk Factors – We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.” and “--We have deferred payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures and as a result we are prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.”

The Company's primary sources of funds are customer deposits, proceeds from principal and interest payments on loans, proceeds from the sale of loans, maturing securities, FHLB advances and FRB borrowings. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are a predictable source of funds, deposit flows and prepayment of mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. Management believes that its focus on core relationship deposits coupled with access to borrowing through reliable counterparties provides reasonable and prudent assurance that ample liquidity is available. However, depositor or

counterparty behavior could change in response to competition, economic or market situations or other unforeseen circumstances, which could have liquidity implications that may require different strategic or operational actions.

The Company must maintain an adequate level of liquidity to ensure the availability of sufficient funds for loan originations, deposit withdrawals and continuing operations, satisfy other financial commitments and take advantage of investment opportunities. During the year ended March 31, 2013, the Bank used its sources of funds primarily to fund loan commitments and to pay deposit withdrawals. At March 31, 2013, cash totaled $115.4 million, or 14.9% of total assets. We generally maintain cash and readily marketable securities to meet a portion of our short-term liquidity needs; however, our primary liquidity management practice is to increase or decrease short-term borrowings, including FHLB advances and FRB borrowings. At March 31, 2013, there were no advances outstanding from FHLB. The Bank had additional borrowing capacity available of $157.9 million from the FHLB, subject to sufficient collateral and stock investment. At March 31, 2013, there were no outstanding borrowings from the FRB. The Bank had additional borrowing capacity of $66.1 million from the FRB, subject to sufficient collateral. At March 31, 2013, the Bank had sufficient unpledged collateral to allow it to utilize its available borrowing capacity from the FRB and FHLB. Borrowing capacity from FHLB or FRB may fluctuate based on acceptability and risk rating of loan collateral and counterparties could adjust discount rates applied to such collateral at their discretion.

An additional source of wholesale funding includes brokered certificate of deposits. While the Bank has utilized brokered deposits from time to time, the Bank historically has not extensively relied on brokered deposits to fund its operations. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had no brokered deposits, exclusive of CDARS and ICS deposits. The Bank participates in the CDARS and ICS products, which allow the Bank to accept deposits in excess of the FDIC insurance limits for that depositor and obtain “pass-through” insurance for the total deposit. The Bank’s CDARS and ICS balances were $35.8 million, or 5.4% of total deposits, and $37.2 million or 5.0% of total deposits, at March 31, 2013 and, 2012, respectively. Although the FDIC permanently raised the insurance limit to $250,000, demand for CDARS deposits remains strong with continued renewals of existing CDARS deposits and the opening of new accounts. The Bank’s brokered deposits (which includes CDARS and ICS) are restricted to 20% of total deposits based on a supervisory imposed limit. In addition, the Bank is enrolled in an internet deposit listing service. Under this listing service, the Bank may post time deposit rates on an internet site where institutional investors have the ability to deposit funds with the Bank. The Bank uses this listing service as an additional source of funding and to further diversify its funding sources. These deposits carry a lower interest rate than the Company core branch deposits. As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Bank had deposits totaling $5.9 million and $21.9 million, respectively, through this listing service. The combination of all the Bank’s funding sources, gives the Bank available liquidity of $479.2 million, or 61.7% of total assets at March 31, 2013.

At March 31, 2013, the Company had commitments to extend credit of $29.7 million, unused lines of credit totaling $50.4 million and undisbursed construction loans totaling $6.4 million. The Company anticipates that it will have sufficient funds available to meet current loan commitments. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in less than one year from March 31, 2013 totaled $132.3 million. Historically, the Company has been able to retain a significant amount of its deposits as they mature. Offsetting these cash outflows are scheduled loan maturities of less than one year totaling $81.9 million at March 31, 2013.

Sources of capital and liquidity for Riverview include distributions from the Bank and the issuance of debt or equity securities. Dividends and other capital distributions from the Bank are subject to regulatory restrictions and approval. The Company elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on its junior subordinated debentures during the first quarter of fiscal 2011, which in turn, restricts the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock. See Item 1A. “Risk Factors – We are required to comply with the terms of an agreement with the OCC and a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and lack of compliance could result in monetary penalties and /or additional regulatory actions.” and “--We have deferred payments of interest on our outstanding junior subordinated debentures and as a result we are prohibited from declaring or paying dividends or distributions on, and from making liquidation payments with respect to, our common stock.”

OCC regulations require the Bank to maintain specific amounts of regulatory capital. For a detailed discussion of regulatory capital requirements, see "Item 1. Business-“ Regulation -- Federal Regulation of Savings Associations -- Capital Requirements" and Note 15 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Effect of Inflation and Changing Prices

The Consolidated Financial Statements and related financial data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering the change in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of

inflation is reflected in the increased cost of the Company's operations. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates generally have a more significant impact on a financial institution's performance than do general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

New Accounting Pronouncements

For a discussion of new accounting pronouncement and their impact on the Company, see Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations

The following table shows the contractual obligations by expected period. Further discussion of these commitments is included in Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

At March 31, 2013, scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit, future operating minimum lease commitments, capital lease obligations and subordinated debentures were as follows (in thousands):

	Within 1 Year		Over 1 to 3 Years		Over 3 - 5 Years		After 5 Years		Total Balance
Certificates of deposit	$	132,270	$	35,478	$	9,831	$	10,539	$	188,118
Operating leases		1,662		3,175		3,010		3,349		11,196
Capital leases		79		176		203		1,982		2,440
Junior subordinates debentures		-		-		-		22,681		22,681
Total other contractual obligations	$	134,011	$	38,829	$	13,044	$	38,551	$	224,435

The Company is party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, these actions will not have a material adverse effect, if any, on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.

The Bank has entered into employment contracts with certain key employees, which provide for contingent payment subject to future events.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments generally include commitments to originate mortgage, commercial and consumer loans. Those instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheet. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the borrower is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. Commitments to originate loans are conditional, and are honored for up to 45 days subject to the Company’s usual terms and conditions. Collateral is not required to support commitments.

At March 31, 2013, the Company had commercial loan commitments of $635,000 and undisbursed commercial lines of credit of $34.1 million. Commercial real estate mortgage loan commitments totaled $8.6 million and the undisbursed balance of commercial real estate mortgage loans was $67,000 at March 31, 2013. At March 31, 2013, construction loan commitments totaled $14.9 million and unused construction lines of credit totaled $6.4 million. Real estate one-to-four family loan commitments totaled $5.4 million and unused lines of credit secured by real estate one-to-four family loans totaled $15.4 million at March 31, 2013. Other installment loan commitments totaled $6,000 and unused lines of credit on other installment loans totaled $872,000 at March 31, 2013. For additional information regarding future financial commitments, this discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with Note 19 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Quantitative Aspects of Market Risk. The Company does not maintain a trading account for any class of financial instrument nor does it engage in hedging activities or purchase high-risk derivative instruments. Furthermore, the Company is not subject to foreign currency exchange rate risk or commodity price risk. For information regarding the sensitivity to interest rate risk of the Company's interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, see the tables under Item 1. “Business -- Lending Activities,” “-- Investment Activities” and “-- Deposit Activities and Other Sources of Funds” contained herein.

Qualitative Aspects of Market Risk. The Company's principal financial objective is to achieve long-term profitability while limiting its exposure to fluctuating market interest rates. The Company intends to reduce risk where appropriate but accepts a degree of risk when warranted by economic circumstances. The Company has sought to reduce the exposure of its earnings to changes in market interest rates by attempting to manage the mismatch between asset and liability maturities and interest rates. The principal element in achieving this objective is to increase the interest rate sensitivity of the Company's interest-earning assets by retaining in its portfolio, short–term loans and loans with interest rates subject to periodic adjustments. The Company relies on retail deposits as its primary source of funds. As part of its interest rate risk management strategy, the Company promotes transaction accounts and certificates of deposit with terms up to ten years.

Consumer and commercial loans are originated and held in portfolio as the short term nature of these portfolio loans match durations more closely with the short term nature of retail deposits such as interest checking, money market accounts and savings accounts. The Company relies on retail deposits as its primary source of funds. Management believes retail deposits reduce the effects of interest rate fluctuations because they generally represent a more stable source of funds. As part of its interest rate risk management strategy, the Company promotes transaction accounts and certificates of deposit with longer terms to maturity. Except for immediate short-term cash needs, and depending on the current interest rate environment, FHLB advances will have maturities of long or short term. FRB borrowings have short term maturities. For additional information, see Item 7. “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" contained herein.

A number of measures are utilized to monitor and manage interest rate risk, including simulation modeling and traditional interest rate gap analysis. While both methods provide an indication of risk for a given change in interest rates, the simulation model is primarily used to assess the impact on earning changes in interest rates may produce. Key assumptions in the model include cash flows and maturities of financial instruments, changes in market conditions, loan volumes and pricing, deposit sensitivity, consumer preferences and management’s capital leverage plans. These assumptions are inherently uncertain; therefore, the model cannot precisely estimate net interest income or precisely predict the impact of higher or lower interest rates on net interest income. Actual results may significantly differ from simulated results due to timing, magnitude and frequency of interest rate changes and changes in market conditions and specific strategies among other factors.

The following tables show the approximate percentage change in net interest income as of March 31, 2013 over a 24-month period under several rate scenarios.

Change in interest rates	Percent change in net interest income (12 months)	Percent change in net interest income (24 months)

Up 300 basis points	6.1%	9.7%
Up 200 basis points	(0.4)%	(3.0)%
Base case	-	(6.4)%
Down 100 basis points	0.1%	(7.6)%

Our balance sheet continues to be slightly asset sensitive, meaning that interest-earning assets reprice faster than interest-bearing liabilities in a given period. However, due to a number of loans in our loan portfolio with interest rate floors, our net interest income will be negatively impacted in a rising interest rate environment until such time as the current rate exceeds these interest rate floors. Conversely, in a falling interest rate environment these interest rate floors will assist in maintaining our net interest income. We attempt to limit our interest rate risk through managing the repricing characteristics of our assets and liabilities.

As with any method of measuring interest rate risk, certain shortcomings are inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or periods of repricing, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind

changes in market rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as ARM loans, have features that restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Furthermore, in the event of a change in interest rates, expected rates of prepayments on loans and early withdrawals from certificates could deviate significantly from those assumed in calculating the table.

The following table shows the Company's financial instruments that are sensitive to changes in interest rates, categorized by expected maturity, and the instruments' fair values at March 31, 2013. Market risk sensitive instruments are generally defined as on- and off-balance sheet derivatives and other financial instruments.

	Average Rate			Within 1 Year		After 1 - 3 Years			After 3 - 5 Years			After 5 - 10 Years		Beyond 10 Years		Total

Interest-Sensitive Assets:				(Dollars in thousands)

Loans receivable		5.03	%	$	81,892	$	75,495		$	126,247		$	161,227	$	91,151	$	536,012
Mortgage-backed
securities		2.99			556		-			-			-		-		556
Investments and other
interest-earning assets		0.58			123,223		17,168			10,553			-		-		150,944
FHLB stock		-			1,430		2,862			2,862			-		-		7,154
Total assets				$	207,101	$	95,525		$	139,662		$	161,227	$	91,151	$	694,666

Interest-Sensitive Liabilities:

Interest checking		0.11		$	18,350	$	36,702		$	36,702		$	-	$	-	$	91,754
Savings accounts		0.15			10,864		21,726			21,726			-		-		54,316
Money market accounts		0.22			43,419		86,836			86,836			-		-		217,091
Certificate accounts		0.82			132,270		35,478			9,831			10,539		-		188,118
FHLB advances		-			-		-			-			-		-		-
FRB borrowings		-			-		-			-			-		-		-
Subordinated debentures		1.63			-		-			-			-		22,681		22,681
Obligations under capital lease		7.16			79		176			203			654		1,328		2,440
Total liabilities					204,982		180,918			155,298			11,193		24,009		576,400
Interest sensitivity gap					2,119		(85,393	)		(15,636	)		150,034		67,142	$	118,266
Cumulative interest sensitivity gap				$	2,119	$	(83,274	)	$	(98,910	)	$	51,124	$	118,266
Off-Balance Sheet Items:

Commitments to extend credit		-		$	29,659	$	-		$	-		$	-	$	-	$	29,659
Unused lines of credit		-		$	56,803	$	-		$	-		$	-	$	-	$	56,803

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Deloitte & Touche LLP	73

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012	74

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	75

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	76

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	77

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011	78

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	79

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Riverview Bancorp, Inc.

Vancouver, Washington

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Riverview Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (the "Company") as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Riverview Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Portland, Oregon

June 14, 2013

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

MARCH 31, 2013 AND 2012

(In thousands, except share and per share data)		2013			2012
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents (including interest-earning accounts of $100,093 and $33,437)	$	115,415		$	46,393
Certificates of deposit held for investment		44,635			41,473
Loans held for sale		831			480
Investment securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $0 and $542)		-			493
Investment securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $7,766 and $8,123)		6,216			6,314
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity, at amortized cost (fair value of $129 and $177)		125			171
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale, at fair value (amortized cost of $416 and $940)		431			974
Loans receivable (net of allowance for loan losses of $15,643 and $19,921)		520,369			664,888
Real estate owned		15,638			18,731
Prepaid expenses and other assets		3,063			6,362
Accrued interest receivable		1,747			2,158
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost		7,154			7,350
Premises and equipment, net		17,693			17,068
Deferred income taxes, net		522			603
Mortgage servicing rights, net		388			278
Goodwill		25,572			25,572
Core deposit intangible, net		66			137
Bank owned life insurance		17,138			16,553
TOTAL ASSETS	$	777,003		$	855,998

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

LIABILITIES:
Deposit accounts	$	663,806		$	744,455
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		8,006			9,398
Advanced payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance		1,025			800
Junior subordinated debentures		22,681			22,681
Capital lease obligations		2,440			2,513
Total liabilities		697,958			779,847

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (See Note 19)

EQUITY:
Shareholders’ equity
Serial preferred stock, $.01 par value; 250,000 authorized, issued and outstanding: none		-			-
Common stock, $.01 par value; 50,000,000 authorized
March 31, 2013 – 22,471,890 issued and outstanding		225			225
March 31, 2012 – 22,471,890 issued and outstanding
Additional paid-in capital		65,551			65,610
Retained earnings		14,169			11,536
Unearned shares issued to employee stock ownership trust		(490	)		(593	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(1,013	)		(1,171	)
Total shareholders’ equity		78,442			75,607

Noncontrolling interest		603			544
Total equity		79,045			76,151
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY	$	777,003		$	855,998

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)		2013		2012			2011

INTEREST AND DIVIDEND INCOME:
Interest and fees on loans receivable	$	32,041	$	38,894		$	42,697
Interest on investment securities – taxable		276		145			164
Interest on investment securities – non taxable		16		42			55
Interest on mortgage-backed securities		25		51			88
Other interest and dividends		574		400			210
Total interest and dividend income		32,932		39,532			43,214

INTEREST EXPENSE:
Interest on deposits		2,667		4,357			6,569
Interest on borrowings		818		1,508			1,483
Total interest expense		3,485		5,865			8,052
Net interest income		29,447		33,667			35,162
Less provision for loan losses		900		29,350			5,075
Net interest income after provision for loan losses		28,547		4,317			30,087

NON-INTEREST INCOME:
Fees and service charges		4,695		3,996			4,047
Asset management fees		2,172		2,367			2,079
Net gain on sale of loans held for sale		1,386		160			393
Bank owned life insurance		585		601			601
Other		35		(297	)		769
Total non-interest income		8,873		6,827			7,889

NON-INTEREST EXPENSE:
Salaries and employee benefits		15,325		15,889			16,716
Occupancy and depreciation		4,970		4,793			4,677
Data processing		1,420		1,421			1,067
Amortization of core deposit intangible		71		82			96
Advertising and marketing expense		834		998			749
FDIC insurance premium		1,532		1,136			1,640
State and local taxes		547		549			638
Telecommunications		384		434			428
Professional fees		1,456		1,254			1,310
Real estate owned expenses		5,781		5,097			1,817
Other		2,438		2,770			2,358
Total non-interest expense		34,758		34,423			31,496

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES		2,662		(23,279	)		6,480
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES		29		8,378			2,165
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	2,633	$	(31,657	)	$	4,315

Earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic	$	0.12	$	(1.42	)	$	0.24
Diluted		0.12		(1.42	)		0.24
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
Basic		22,342,541		22,317,933			18,341,191
Diluted		22,342,541		22,317,933			18,341,308

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)		2013		2012			2011

Net income (loss)	$	2,633	$	(31,657	)	$	4,315

Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized holding gain (loss) on securities, net		158		246			(215	)

Noncontrolling interest		59		79			45
Total comprehensive income (loss)	$	2,850	$	(31,332	)	$	4,145

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

(In thousands, except share data)	Common Stock				Additional Paid-In Capital			Retained Earnings			Unearned Shares Issued to Employee Stock Ownership Trust			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Noncontrolling Interest		Total
(In thousands, except share data)	Shares		Amount		Additional Paid-In Capital			Retained Earnings						Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss			Noncontrolling Interest		Total

Balance April 1, 2010	10,923,773	$	109	$	46,948		$	38,878		$	(799	)	$	(1,202	)	$	420	$	84,354

Issuance of common stock, net	11,548,117		116		18,653			-			-			-			-		18,769
Net income	-		-		-			4,315			-			-			-		4,315
Stock option expense	-		-		77			-			-			-			-		77
Earned ESOP shares	-		-		(39	)		-			103			-			-		64
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized holding loss on securities of $215 (net of $109 tax effect)	-		-		-			-			-			(215	)		-		(215	)
Noncontrolling interest	-		-		-			-			-			-			45		45

Balance March 31, 2011	22,471,890		225		65,639			43,193			(696	)		(1,417	)		465		107,409

Net loss	-		-		-			(31,657	)		-			-			-		(31,657	)
Stock option expense	-		-		12			-			-			-			-		12
Earned ESOP shares	-		-		(41	)		-			103			-			-		62
Unrealized holding gain on securities of $246 (net of $126 tax effect)	-		-		-			-			-			246			-		246
Noncontrolling interest	-		-		-			-			-			-			79		79

Balance March 31, 2012	22,471,890		225		65,610			11,536			(593	)		(1,171	)		544		76,151

Net income	-		-		-			2,633			-			-			-		2,633
Stock option expense	-		-		2			-			-			-			-		2
Earned ESOP shares	-		-		(61	)		-			103			-			-		42
Unrealized holding gain on securities of $158 (net of $81 tax effect)	-		-		-			-			-			158			-		158
Noncontrolling interest	-		-		-			-			-			-			59		59

Balance March 31, 2013	22,471,890	$	225	$	65,551		$	14,169		$	(490	)	$	(1,013	)	$	603	$	79,045

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

(In thousands)		2013			2012			2011
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)	$	2,633		$	(31,657	)	$	4,315
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization		1,877			2,013			1,927
Mortgage servicing rights valuation adjustment		-			(1	)		(1	)
Provision for loan losses		900			29,350			5,075
Provision for deferred income taxes		-			8,536			1,841
Noncash expense related to ESOP		42			62			64
Increase (decrease) in deferred loan origination fees, net of amortization		(333	)		(76	)		57
Origination of loans held for sale		(29,121	)		(5,916	)		(12,166	)
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale		29,484			5,682			12,402
Stock based compensation		2			12			77
Writedown of real estate owned		4,974			4,238			924
Net loss (gain) on loans held for sale, sale and transfer of real estate owned, sale of investment and mortgage-backed securities and premises and equipment		(1,056	)		400			(775	)
Income from bank owned life insurance		(585	)		(601	)		(601	)
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Prepaid expenses and other assets		2,963			(627	)		1,904
Accrued interest receivable		411			365			326
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		(1,189	)		222			2,763
Net cash provided by operating activities		11,002			12,002			18,132

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Loan repayments (originations), net		102,784			(26,482	)		15,213
Proceeds from sale of loans held for investment		31,394			-			-
Proceeds from call, maturity, or sale of investment securities available for sale		5,000			5,000			9,990
Principal repayments on investment securities available for sale		357			392			203
Purchase of investment securities available for sale		(5,000	)		(5,000	)		(10,000	)
Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities available for sale		524			789			1,017
Principal repayments on mortgage-backed securities held to maturity		46			19			69
Principal repayments on investment securities held to maturity		493			13			11
Purchase of premises and equipment and capitalized software		(2,141	)		(2,578	)		(1,310	)
Purchase of certificates of deposit held for investment, net		(3,162	)		(26,573	)		(14,900	)
Proceeds from redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank stock		196			-			-
Capital expenditures on real estate owned		(72	)		(207	)		(49	)
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned and premises and equipment		8,098			9,275			5,328
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities		138,517			(45,352	)		5,572

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Net change in deposit accounts		(80,649	)		27,925			28,482
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net		-			-			18,769
Proceeds from borrowings		9,000			5,000			124,450
Repayment of borrowings		(9,000	)		(5,000	)		(157,450	)
Principal payments under capital lease obligation		(73	)		(54	)		(43	)
Net increase in advance payments by borrowers		225			120			253
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(80,497	)		27,991			14,461

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		69,022			(5,359	)		38,165
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR		46,393			51,752			13,587
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR	$	115,415		$	46,393		$	51,752
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
Cash paid during the year for:
Interest	$	2,689		$	4,400		$	6,688
Income taxes		4			830			387
NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Transfer of loans to real estate owned	$	14,075		$	6,843		$	22,772
Transfer of real estate owned to loans		3,859			1,859			2,724
Fair value adjustment to securities available for sale		239			372			(324	)
Income tax effect related to fair value adjustment		(81	)		(126	)		109

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011

1.	SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation – The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Riverview Bancorp, Inc.; its wholly-owned subsidiary, Riverview Community Bank (the “Bank”); the Bank’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Riverview Services, Inc.; and the Bank’s majority owned subsidiary, Riverview Asset Management Corp. (“RAMCorp”) (collectively referred to as the “Company”). All inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

The Company has also established two subsidiary grantor trusts in connection with the issuance of trust preferred securities (see Note 11). In accordance with accounting standards, the accounts and transactions of the trusts are not included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Nature of Operations – The Bank is an eighteen branch community-oriented financial institution operating in rural and suburban communities in southwest Washington State and Multnomah and Marion counties of Oregon. The Bank is engaged primarily in the business of attracting deposits from the general public and using such funds, together with other borrowings, to invest in various commercial business, commercial real estate, multi-family real estate, real estate construction, residential real estate and consumer loans.

Use of Estimates in the Preparation of Financial Statements – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“generally accepted accounting principles” or “GAAP”), requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of certain assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of related revenue and expense during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents – Cash and cash equivalents include amounts on hand, due from banks and interest-earning deposits in other banks. Cash and cash equivalents have a maturity of 90 days or less at the time of purchase.

Certificates of Deposit Held for Investment – Certificates of deposit held for investments include amounts invested with financial institutions for a stated interest rate and maturity date. Early withdraw penalties apply, however the Company plans to hold these investments to maturity.

Loans Held for Sale – The Company identifies loans held for sale at the time of origination and such loans are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or net realizable value. Market values are derived from available market quotations for comparable pools of mortgage loans. Adjustments for unrealized losses, if any, are charged to income.

Gains or losses on sales of loans held for sale are recognized at the time of sale and are determined by the difference between the net sales proceeds and the allocated basis of these loans sold. The Company capitalizes mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”) acquired through either the purchase of MSRs, the sale of originated mortgage loans or the securitization of mortgage loans with servicing rights retained. Upon sale of mortgage loans held for sale, the total cost of the loans designated for sale is allocated to mortgage loans with and without MSRs based on their relative fair values. The MSRs are included as a component of gain on sale of loans. The MSRs are amortized in proportion to and over the estimated period of the net servicing income and such amortization is reflected as a component of loan servicing income.

Securities – Investment securities are classified as held to maturity when the Company has the ability and positive intent to hold such securities to maturity. Investment securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. Unrealized losses due to fluctuations in fair value are recognized when it is determined that a credit-related other than temporary decline in value has occurred. Investment securities bought and held principally for the purpose of sale in the near term are classified as trading securities. Securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period, but not necessarily to maturity are classified as available for sale. Such securities may be sold to implement the Company’s asset/liability management strategies and in response to changes in interest rates and similar factors. Securities available for sale are reported at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses, net of the related deferred tax effect, are reported as a net amount in a separate component of shareholders’ equity entitled “accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).” Realized gains and losses on securities available for sale, determined using the specific identification method, are included in earnings.

Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts are recognized in interest income over the period to maturity or expected call, if sooner.

The Company analyzes investment securities for other than temporary impairment (“OTTI”) on a quarterly basis. OTTI is separated into a credit and noncredit component. Noncredit component losses are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) when the Company a) does not intend to sell the security or b) is not more likely than not to have to sell the security prior to the security’s anticipated recovery. Credit component losses are reported in non-interest income.

Loans – Loans are stated at the amount of unpaid principal, reduced by deferred loan origination fees and an allowance for loan losses. Interest on loans is accrued daily based on the principal amount outstanding.

Loans are reviewed regularly and it is the Company’s general policy that a loan is past due when it is 30 days to 89 days delinquent. In general, when a loan is 90 days delinquent or when collection of principal or interest appears doubtful, it is placed on non-accrual status, at which time the accrual of interest ceases and a reserve for unrecoverable accrued interest is established and charged against operations. Payments received on non-accrual loans are applied to reduce the outstanding principal balance on a cost recovery method. As a general practice, a loan is not removed from non-accrual status until all delinquent principal, interest and late fees have been brought current and the borrower has demonstrated a history of performance based upon the contractual terms of the note.

Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized as an adjustment of the yield of the related loan.

Allowance for Loan Losses – The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level sufficient to provide for probable loan losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. The allowance is provided based upon management’s ongoing quarterly assessment of the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions, and detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectibility may not be assured. The detailed analysis includes techniques to estimate the fair value of loan collateral and the existence of potential alternative sources of repayment. The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are considered impaired. For such loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the net realizable value of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. Such factors include uncertainties in economic conditions, uncertainties in identifying triggering events that directly correlate to subsequent loss rates, changes in appraised value of underlying collateral, risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors and historical loss experience data that may not precisely correspond to the current portfolio or economic conditions. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio. The appropriate allowance level is estimated based upon factors and trends identified by management at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared.

A loan is considered impaired when it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (principal and interest) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Typically, factors used in determining if a loan is impaired include, but are not limited to, loans 90 days or more delinquent, loans internally designated as substandard, loans that are on non-accrual status or trouble debt restructures. The majority of the Company’s impaired loans are considered collateral dependent. When a loan is considered collateral dependent impairment is measured using the estimated value of the underlying collateral, less any prior liens, and when applicable, less estimated selling costs. For impaired loans that are not collateral dependent impairment is measured using the present value of expected future cash flows, discounted at the loan’s original effective interest rate. When the net realizable value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan (including accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized premium or discount), an impairment is recognized by adjusting an allocation of the allowance for loan losses. Subsequent to the initial allocation of allowance to the individual loan the Company may conclude that it is appropriate

to record a charge-off of the impaired portion of the loan. When a charge-off is recorded the loan balance is reduced and the specific allowance is eliminated. Generally, when a collateral dependent loan is initially measured for impairment and does not have an appraisal performed in the last three months, the Company obtains an updated market valuation. Subsequently, the Company generally obtains an updated market valuation on an annual basis. The valuation may occur more frequently if the Company determines that there is an indication that the market value may have declined.

In accordance with the Company’s policy guidelines, unsecured loans are generally charged-off when no payments have been received for three consecutive months unless an alternative action plan is in effect. Consumer installment loans delinquent six months or more that have not received at least 75% of their required monthly payment in the last 90 days are charged-off. In addition, loans discharged in bankruptcy proceedings are charged-off. Loans under bankruptcy protection with no payments received for four consecutive months will be charged-off. The outstanding balance of a secured loan that is in excess of the net realizable value is generally charged-off if no payments are received for four to five consecutive months. However, charge-offs are postponed if alternative proposals to restructure, obtain additional guarantors, obtain additional assets as collateral or a potential sale would result in full repayment of the outstanding loan balance. Once any of these or other repayment potentials are considered exhausted the impaired portion of the loan is charged-off, unless an updated valuation of the collateral reveals no impairment. Regardless of whether a loan is unsecured or collateralized, once an amount is determined to be a confirmed loan loss it is promptly charged off.

A provision for loan losses is charged against income and is added to the allowance for loan losses based on regular assessments of the loan portfolio. The allowance for loan losses is allocated to certain loan categories based on the relative risk characteristics, asset classifications and actual loss experience of the loan portfolio. While management has allocated the allowance for loan losses to various loan portfolio segments, the allowance is general in nature and is available for the loan portfolio in its entirety.

Allowance for Unfunded Loan Commitments – The allowance for unfunded loan commitments is maintained at a level believed by management to be sufficient to absorb estimated probable losses related to these unfunded credit facilities. The determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on periodic evaluations of the unfunded credit facilities including an assessment of the probability of commitment usage, credit risk factors for loans outstanding to these same customers, and the terms and expiration dates of the unfunded credit facilities. The allowance for unfunded loan commitments is included in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets, with changes to the balance charged against non-interest expense.

Real Estate Owned (“REO”) – REO consists of properties acquired through foreclosure. Specific charge-offs are taken based upon detailed analysis of the fair value of collateral on the underlying loans on which the Company is in the process of foreclosing. Such collateral is transferred into REO at the fair value less estimated costs of disposal. Subsequently, the Company performs an evaluation of the properties and creates a valuation allowance with an offsetting charge to real estate owned expenses for any declines in value. The amounts the Company will ultimately recover from REO may differ from the amounts used in arriving at the net carrying value of these assets because of future market factors beyond the Company’s control or because of changes in the Company’s strategy for the sale of the property.

Federal Home Bank Loan Bank Stock – The Bank, as a member of Federal Home Loan Bank of Seattle (“FHLB”), is required to maintain an investment in capital stock of the FHLB in an amount equal to the greater of 1% of its outstanding home loans or 5% of advances from the FHLB. The Company views its investment in FHLB stock as a long-term investment. Accordingly, when evaluating for impairment, the value is determined based on the ultimate redemption of the par value rather than recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate redemption is influenced by criteria such as: 1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount and length of time a decline has persisted; 2) impact of legislative and regulatory changes on the FHLB and 3) the liquidity position of the FHLB. The Company evaluated its investment in FHLB stock for OTTI, consistent with its accounting policy. Based on the Company’s evaluation of the underlying investment, including the long-term nature of the investment, the liquidity position of the FHLB, the actions being taken by the FHLB to address its regulatory situation and the Company’s intent and ability to hold the investment for a period of time sufficient to be able to redeem its investment at par value, the Company did not recognize an OTTI loss on its FHLB stock. Further, in September 2012, the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”) upgraded the FHLB’s capital classification to “adequately capitalized” and granted the FHLB authority to repurchase up to $25 million of excess capital stock per quarter at par value, provided they receive a non-objection for each quarter’s repurchase from the FHFA.

Premises and Equipment – Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvements, whichever is less. Gains or losses on dispositions are reflected in earnings. Depreciation is generally computed on the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives: building and improvements – up to 45 years; furniture and equipment – three to twenty years; and leasehold improvements – fifteen to twenty-five years. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred. Assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying value may not be recoverable. If management determines impairment exists the asset is reduced by an offsetting charge to expense.

The capitalized lease, less accumulated amortization is included in premises and equipment. The capitalized lease is amortized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and the amortization is included in depreciation expense.

Mortgage Servicing Rights – Fees earned for servicing loans for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“FHLMC”) are reported as income when the related mortgage loan payments are collected. Loan servicing costs are charged to expense as incurred. MSRs are the rights to service loans. Loan servicing includes collecting payments, remitting funds to investors, insurance companies and tax authorities, collecting delinquent payments, and foreclosing on properties when necessary.

The Company records its originated MSRs at fair value in accordance with accounting standards, which requires the Company to allocate the total cost of all mortgage loans sold to the MSRs and the loans (without the MSRs) based on their relative fair values if it is practicable to estimate those fair values. The Company stratifies its MSRs based on the predominant characteristics of the underlying financial assets including the coupon interest rate and the contractual maturity of the mortgage. An estimated fair value of MSRs is determined quarterly using a discounted cash flow model. The model estimates the present value of the future net cash flows of the servicing portfolio based on various factors, such as servicing costs, servicing income, expected prepayment speeds, discount rate, loan maturity and interest rate. The effect of changes in market interest rates on estimated rates of loan prepayments represents the predominant risk characteristic underlying the MSRs portfolio. The Company is amortizing the MSRs in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income.

MSRs are reviewed quarterly for impairment based on their fair value. The fair value of the MSRs, for the purposes of impairment, is measured using a discounted cash flow analysis based on market adjusted discount rates, anticipated prepayment speeds, mortgage loan term and coupon rate. Market sources are used to determine prepayment speeds, ancillary income, servicing cost and pre-tax required yield. Impairment losses are recognized through a valuation allowance for each impaired stratum, with any associated provision recorded as a component of loan servicing income.

Goodwill – Goodwill is initially recorded when the purchase price paid for an acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. The Company performs an annual review in the third quarter of each year, or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment exist, to determine if the recorded goodwill is impaired. The impairment test is performed in two phases. The first step of the goodwill impairment test compares the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is considered not impaired; however, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, a second step must be performed. In the second step the implied fair value of the reporting unit is calculated. The implied fair value of goodwill is then compared to the carrying amount of goodwill on the Company’s balance sheet. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized in an amount equal to that excess. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had not recognized any impairment loss on the recorded goodwill.

Core Deposit Intangible – Core deposit intangibles are amortized to non-interest expense using an accelerated method (based on expected attrition and cash flows of core deposit accounts purchased) over ten years.

Advertising and Marketing Expense – Costs incurred for advertising, merchandising, market research, community investment and business development are classified as marketing expense and are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes – Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the enacted tax rates which will be in effect when the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities are expected to be reported in the Company’s income tax returns. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established to reduce the net carrying amount of deferred tax assets if it is determined to be more likely than not, that all or some portion of the potential deferred tax

asset will not be realized. The Company files a consolidated federal income tax return. The Bank provides for income taxes separately and remits to the Company amounts currently due.

Trust Assets – Assets held by RAMCorp in a fiduciary or agency capacity for trust customers are not included in the consolidated financial statements because such items are not assets of the Company. Assets totaling $337.5 million and $359.6 million were held in trust as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Earnings Per Share – The Company accounts for earnings per share in accordance with applicable accounting standards, which requires all companies whose capital structure includes dilutive potential common shares to make a dual presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share for all periods presented. Basic earnings per share is computed by dividing income available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period, excluding restricted stock and unallocated shares owned by the Company’s Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”). Diluted earnings per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised and has been computed after giving consideration to the weighted average diluted effect of the Company’s stock options.

Stock-Based Compensation – The Company accounts for stock based compensation in accordance with accounting guidance for stock compensation. The guidance requires measurement of the compensation cost for all stock-based awards based on the grant-date fair value and recognition of compensation cost over the service period of stock-based awards. The fair value of stock options is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”) – The Company sponsors a leveraged ESOP. As shares are released, compensation expense is recorded equal to the then current market price of the shares and the shares become available for earnings per share calculations. The Company records cash dividends on unallocated shares as a reduction of debt and accrued interest.

Business segments – The Company operates a single business segment. The financial information that is used by the chief operating decision maker in allocating resources and assessing performance is only provided for one reportable segment for years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

New Accounting Pronouncements -

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU No. 2013-02, “Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”. The ASU requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component and to present either on the face of the statement where net income is presented, or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income, but only if the amount reclassified is required to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. The amendments are effective for annual and interim reporting periods within those annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The Company is currently in the process of evaluating the ASU but does not expect it will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

2.	RESTRICTED ASSETS

Regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”) require that the Bank maintain minimum reserve balances either on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco (“FRB”), based on a percentage of deposits. The amounts of such balances as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 were $652,000 and $802,000, respectively.

3.	INVESTMENT SECURITIES

The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities held to maturity consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
March 31, 2013
Municipal bonds	$	-	$	-	$	-	$	-

March 31, 2012
Municipal bonds	$	493	$	49	$	-	$	542

The amortized cost and approximate fair value of investment securities available for sale consisted of the following (in thousands):

	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Estimated Fair Value
March 31, 2013
Trust preferred	$	2,766	$	-	$	(1,528	)	$	1,238
Agency securities		5,000		-		(22	)		4,978
Total	$	7,766	$	-	$	(1,550	)	$	6,216

March 31, 2012
Trust preferred	$	2,974	$	-	$	(1,808	)	$	1,166
Agency securities		5,000		-		(1	)		4,999
Municipal bonds		149		-		-			149
Total	$	8,123	$	-	$	(1,809	)	$	6,314

The fair value of temporarily impaired securities, the amount of unrealized losses and the length of time these unrealized losses existed as of

March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

	Less than 12 months					12 months or longer					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses

Trust preferred	$	-	$	-		$	1,238	$	(1,528	)	$	1,238	$	(1,528	)
Agency securities		4,978		(22	)		-		-			4,978		(22	)
Total	$	4,978	$	(22	)	$	1,238	$	(1,528	)	$	6,216	$	(1,550	)

The fair value of temporarily impaired securities, the amount of unrealized losses and the length of time these unrealized losses existed as of

March 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	Less than 12 months					12 months or longer					Total
	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses

Trust preferred	$	-	$	-		$	1,166	$	(1,808	)	$	1,166	$	(1,808	)
Agency securities		4,999		(1	)		-		-			4,999		(1	)
Total	$	4,999	$	(1	)	$	1,166	$	(1,808	)	$	6,165	$	(1,809	)

At March 31, 2013, the Company had a single collateralized debt obligation which is secured by trust preferred securities issued by 17 other holding companies. The Company holds the mezzanine tranche of this security. All tranches senior to the mezzanine tranche have been repaid by the issuers. Four of the issuers in this pool have defaulted (representing 43% of the remaining collateral, including excess collateral), and three other issuers are currently in deferral (8% of the remaining collateral). Subsequent to March 31, 2013, one issuer cured its deferral reducing the number of issuers in deferral to two (5% of remaining collateral). The Company has estimated an expected default rate of 37% for its portion of this security. The expected default rate was estimated based primarily on an analysis of the financial condition of the underlying issuers. The Company estimates that a default rate of 47% would trigger additional OTTI of this security. The Company utilized a discount rate of 20% to estimate the fair value of this security. There was no excess subordination on this security.

During the year ended March 31, 2013, the Company determined that there was no additional OTTI charge on the above collateralized debt obligation. The Company does not intend to sell this security and it is not more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before the anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis.

To determine the component of gross OTTI related to credit losses, the Company compared the amortized cost basis of the OTTI security to the present value of the revised expected cash flows, discounted using the current pre-impairment yield. The revised expected cash flow estimates are based primarily on an analysis of default rates, prepayment speeds and third-party analytical reports. Significant judgment of management is required in this analysis that includes, but is not limited to, assumptions regarding the ultimate collectibility of principal and interest on the underlying collateral.

The unrealized losses on the above single agency security is primarily attributable to increases in market interest rates subsequent to their purchase by the Company. The Company expects the fair value of the agency security to recover as the agency security approaches its maturity date or sooner if market yields for such securities decline. The Company does not believe that the agency security is impaired due to reasons of credit quality or related to any issuer or industry specific event. Based on management’s evaluation and intent, the unrealized loss related to the agency security in this table is considered temporary.

The contractual maturities of investment securities available for sale are as follows (in thousands):

March 31, 2013		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	-	$	-
Due after one year through five years		-		-
Due after five years through ten years		5,000		4,978
Due after ten years		2,766		1,238
Total	$	7,766	$	6,216

The Company realized no gains or losses on sales of investment securities in the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Investment securities with an amortized cost of $1.0 million and a fair value of $996,000 at March 31, 2013, were pledged as collateral for government public funds held by the Bank. There were no investment securities pledged as collateral for government public funds held by the Bank at March 31, 2012.

4.	MORTGAGE-BACKED SECURITIES

Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity consisted of the following (in thousands):


March 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities	$	31	$	3	$	-	$	34
FNMA mortgage-backed securities		94		1		-		95
Total	$	125	$	4	$	-	$	129

March 31, 2012
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities	$	69	$	4	$	-	$	73
FNMA mortgage-backed securities		102		2		-		104
Total	$	171	$	6	$	-	$	177

Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity with an amortized cost of $53,000 and $69,000 and a fair value of $55,000 and $71,000 at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were pledged as collateral for governmental public funds.

The contractual maturities of mortgage-backed securities held to maturity are as follows (in thousands):

March 31, 2013		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	-	$	-
Due after one year through five years		2		2
Due after five years through ten years		11		12
Due after ten years		112		115
Total	$	125	$	129

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale consisted of the following (in thousands):

March 31, 2013	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses		Estimated Fair Value
Real estate mortgage investment conduits	$	230	$	7	$	-	$	237
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities		183		8		-		191
FNMA mortgage-backed securities		3		-		-		3
Total	$	416	$	15	$	-	$	431
March 31, 2012
Real estate mortgage investment conduits	$	319	$	10	$	-	$	329
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities		613		23		-		636
FNMA mortgage-backed securities		8		1		-		9
Total	$	940	$	34	$	-	$	974

The contractual maturities of mortgage-backed securities available for sale are as follows (in thousands):

March 31, 2013		Amortized Cost		Estimated Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	52	$	52
Due after one year through five years		189		200
Due after five years through ten years		-		-
Due after ten years		175		179
Total	$	416	$	431

Expected maturities of mortgage-backed securities held to maturity and available for sale will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.

Mortgage-backed securities available for sale with an amortized cost of $416,000 and $744,000 and a fair value of $431,000 and $776,000 at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, were pledged as collateral for government public funds held by the Bank. The real estate mortgage investment conduits consist of FHLMC and Fannie Mae (“FNMA”) securities.

5.	LOANS RECEIVABLE

Loans receivable at March 31, 2013 and 2012 are reported net of deferred loan fees totaling $2.0 million and $2.7 million, respectively. Loans receivable, excluding loans held for sale, consisted of the following (in thousands):

		March 31, 2013		March 31, 2012
Commercial and construction
Commercial business	$	71,935	$	87,238
Other real estate mortgage		355,397		434,763
Real estate construction		9,675		25,791
Total commercial and construction		437,007		547,792

Consumer
Real estate one-to-four family		97,140		134,975
Other installment		1,865		2,042
Total consumer		99,005		137,017

Total loans		536,012		684,809

Less:
Allowance for loan losses		15,643		19,921
Loans receivable, net	$	520,369	$	664,888

The Company originates commercial business, commercial real estate, multi-family real estate, real estate construction, residential real estate and consumer loans. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no loans to foreign domiciled businesses or foreign countries, or loans related to highly leveraged transactions. Substantially all of the mortgage loans in the Company’s portfolio are secured by properties located in Washington and Oregon, and, accordingly, the ultimate

collectibility of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in the local economic conditions in these markets. The Company considers its loan portfolio to have very little exposure to sub-prime mortgage loans since the Company has not historically engaged in this type of lending. At March 31, 2013, loans carried at $356.6 million were pledged as collateral to the FHLB and FRB for borrowing arrangements.

Aggregate loans to officers and directors, all of which are current, consist of the following (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Beginning balance	$	1,907		$	2,160		$	1,448
Originations		226			1			774
Principal repayments		(524	)		(254	)		(62	)
Ending balance	$	1,609		$	1,907		$	2,160

6.	ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN LOSSES

The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level sufficient to provide for probable loan losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in the loan portfolio. The allowance is provided based upon the Company’s ongoing quarterly assessment of the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, actual loan loss experience, current economic conditions and detailed analysis of individual loans for which full collectability may not be assured. The detailed analysis includes techniques to estimate the fair value of loan collateral and the existence of potential alternative sources of repayment. The allowance consists of specific, general and unallocated components. The specific component relates to loans that are considered impaired. For loans that are classified as impaired, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, or collateral value, of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-impaired loans based on the Company’s risk rating system and historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that the Company believes have resulted in losses that have not yet been allocated to specific elements of the general component. Such factors include uncertainties in economic conditions and in identifying triggering events that directly correlate to subsequent loss rates, changes in appraised value of underlying collateral, risk factors that have not yet manifested themselves in loss allocation factors and historical loss experience data that may not precisely correspond to the current portfolio or economic conditions. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio. The appropriate allowance level is estimated based upon factors and trends identified by the Company at the time the consolidated financial statements are prepared.

The following tables present a reconciliation of the allowance for loan losses at the dates indicated (in thousands):

March 31, 2013		Commercial Business			Commercial Real Estate			Land			Multi-Family			Real Estate Construction			Consumer			Unallocated			Total

Beginning balance	$	2,688		$	5,599		$	4,906		$	1,121		$	412		$	3,274		$	1,921		$	19,921
Provision for loan losses		928			1,865			(2,149	)		(197	)		(278	)		846			(115	)		900
Charge-offs		(1,606	)		(1,494	)		(1,753	)		(622	)		(141	)		(1,310	)		-			(6,926	)
Recoveries		118			9			1,015			239			228			139			-			1,748
Ending balance	$	2,128		$	5,979		$	2,019		$	541		$	221		$	2,949		$	1,806		$	15,643

March 31, 2012

Beginning balance	$	1,822		$	4,744		$	2,003		$	2,172		$	820		$	1,339		$	2,068		$	14,968
Provision for loan losses		3,638			3,681			13,692			2,126			1,690			4,670			(147	)		29,350
Charge-offs		(2,801	)		(2,826	)		(10,892	)		(3,177	)		(2,101	)		(2,750	)		-			(24,547	)
Recoveries		29			-			103			-			3			15			-			150
Ending balance	$	2,688		$	5,599		$	4,906		$	1,121		$	412		$	3,274		$	1,921		$	19,921

March 31, 2011

Beginning balance	$	3,181		$	4,592		$	5,013		$	423	$	5,137		$	1,574		$	1,722	$	21,642
Provision for loan losses		1,005			414			1,101			1,749		5			455			346		5,075
Charge-offs		(2,371	)		(263	)		(4,141	)		-		(4,329	)		(703	)		-		(11,807	)
Recoveries		7			1			30			-		7			13			-		58
Ending balance	$	1,822		$	4,744		$	2,003		$	2,172	$	820		$	1,339		$	2,068	$	14,968

The following tables present an analysis of loans receivable and allowance for loan losses, which were evaluated individually and collectively for impairment at the dates indicated (in thousands):

	Allowance for loan losses						Recorded investment in loans
March 31, 2013		Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Total		Individually Evaluated for Impairment		Collectively Evaluated for Impairment		Total

Commercial business	$	-	$	2,128	$	2,128	$	679	$	71,256	$	71,935
Commercial real estate		536		5,443		5,979		19,466		278,225		297,691
Land		-		2,019		2,019		3,469		19,935		23,404
Multi-family		-		541		541		3,846		30,456		34,302
Real estate construction		-		221		221		175		9,500		9,675
Consumer		183		2,766		2,949		4,933		94,072		99,005
Unallocated		-		1,806		1,806		-		-		-
Total	$	719	$	14,924	$	15,643	$	32,568	$	503,444	$	536,012

March 31, 2012

Commercial business	$	73	$	2,615	$	2,688	$	7,818	$	79,420	$	87,238
Commercial real estate		686		4,913		5,599		22,824		330,256		353,080
Land		624		4,282		4,906		14,226		24,662		38,888
Multi-family		4		1,117		1,121		8,265		34,530		42,795
Real estate construction		18		394		412		7,613		18,178		25,791
Consumer		197		3,077		3,274		4,967		132,050		137,017
Unallocated		-		1,921		1,921		-		-		-
Total	$	1,602	$	18,319	$	19,921	$	65,713	$	619,096	$	684,809

Changes in the allowance for unfunded loan commitments were as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013		2012		2011
Beginning balance	$	217	$	166	$	185
Net change in allowance for unfunded loan commitments		12		51		(19	)
Ending balance	$	229	$	217	$	166

The following tables present an analysis of past due loans at the dates indicated (in thousands):

March 31, 2013		30-89 Days Past Due		Greater Than 90 Days (Non- Accrual)		Total Past Due		Current		Total Loans Receivable		Recorded Investment > 90 Days and Accruing

Commercial business	$	336	$	1,349	$	1,685	$	70,250	$	71,935	$	-
Commercial real estate		6,345		10,315		16,660		281,031		297,691		-
Land		-		3,267		3,267		20,137		23,404		-
Multi-family		-		2,968		2,968		31,334		34,302		-
Real estate construction		-		175		175		9,500		9,675		-
Consumer		2,654		3,059		5,713		93,292		99,005		-
Total	$	9,335	$	21,133	$	30,468	$	505,544	$	536,012	$	-

March 31, 2012

Commercial business	$	535	$	3,930	$	4,465	$	82,773	$	87,238	$	-
Commercial real estate		5,733		13,950		19,683		333,397		353,080		-
Land		128		12,985		13,113		25,775		38,888		-
Multi-family		-		1,627		1,627		41,168		42,795		-
Real estate construction		-		7,756		7,756		18,035		25,791		-
Consumer		2,453		3,915		6,368		130,649		137,017		-
Total	$	8,849	$	44,163	$	53,012	$	631,797	$	684,809	$	-

Interest income foregone on non-accrual loans was $1.4 million, $2.3 million and $1.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Credit quality indicators: The Company monitors credit risk in its loan portfolio using a risk rating system for all commercial (non-consumer) loans. The risk rating system is a measure of the credit risk of the borrower based on their historical, current and anticipated financial characteristics. The Company assigns a risk rating to each commercial loan at origination and subsequently updates these ratings, as necessary, so the risk rating continues to reflect the appropriate risk characteristics of the loan. Application of appropriate risk ratings is key to management of the loan portfolio risk. In arriving at the rating, the Company considers the following factors: delinquency, payment history, quality of management, liquidity, leverage, earning trends, alternative funding sources, geographic risk, industry risk, cash flow adequacy, account practices, asset protection and extraordinary risks. Consumer loans, including custom construction loans, are not assigned a risk rating but rather are grouped into homogeneous pools with similar risk characteristics. When a consumer loan is delinquent 90 days it is placed on non-accrual status and assigned a substandard risk rating. Loss factors are assigned to each risk rating and homogeneous pool based on historical loss experience for similar loans. This historical loss experience is adjusted for qualitative factors that are likely to cause the estimated credit losses to differ from the Company’s historical loss experience. The Company uses these loss factors to estimate the general component of its allowance for loan loss.

Pass - These loans have risk rating between 1 and 4 and are to borrowers that meet normal credit standards. Any deficiencies in satisfactory asset quality, liquidity, debt servicing capacity and coverage are offset by strengths in other areas. The borrower currently has the capacity to perform according to the loan terms. Any concerns about risk factors such as stability of margins, stability of cash flows, liquidity, dependence on a single product/supplier/customer, depth of management, etc., are offset by strength in other areas. Typically, the operating assets of the company and/or real estate will secure these loans. Management is considered competent. The borrower has the ability to repay the debt in the normal course of business.

Watch – These loans have a risk rating of 5 and would typically have many of the attributes of loans in the pass rating. However, there would typically be some reason for additional management oversight, such as recent financial setbacks, deteriorating financial position, industry concerns and failure to perform on other borrowing obligations. Loans with this rating are to be monitored closely in an effort to correct deficiencies.

Special mention – These loans have a risk rating of 6 and are currently protected but have the potential to deteriorate to a “Substandard” rating. The borrower’s financial performance may be inconsistent or below forecast, creating the possibility of liquidity problems and shrinking debt service coverage. The borrower may have a short track record and little depth of management. Other typical characteristics include inadequate current financial information, marginal capitalization, and susceptibility to negative industry trends. The primary source of repayment is still viable but there is increasing reliance on collateral or guarantor support.

Substandard – These loans have a risk rating of 7 and are rated in accordance with regulatory guidelines, for which the accrual of interest may or may not be discontinued. By definition under regulatory guidelines, a “Substandard” loan has defined weaknesses which make payment default or principal exposure likely, but not yet certain. Such loans are apt to be dependent upon collateral liquidation, a secondary source of repayment, or an event outside of the normal course of business.

Doubtful - These loans have a risk rating of 8 and are rated in accordance with regulatory guidelines. Such loans are placed on non-accrual status and may be dependent upon collateral having a value that is difficult to determine or upon some near-term event which lacks certainty.

Loss - These loans have a risk rating of 9 and are rated in accordance with regulatory guidelines. Such loans are to be charged-off or charged-down when payment is acknowledged to be uncertain or when the timing or value of payments cannot be determined. “Loss” is not intended to imply that the loan or some portion of it will never be paid, nor does it in any way imply that there has been a forgiveness of debt.

The following tables present an analysis of credit quality indicators at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands):

	March 31, 2013				March 31, 2012
	Weighted- Average Risk Grade		Classified Loans (2)		Weighted- Average Risk Grade		Classified Loans (2)

Commercial Business		3.64	$	3,816		3.97	$	13,456
Commercial Real Estate		4.02		37,643		3.88		35,077
Land		4.57		4,306		5.60		17,560
Multi-Family		3.68		3,846		4.06		8,265
Real estate Construction		3.26		175		4.51		7,756
Consumer (1)		7.00		3,059		7.00		3,915
Total		3.96	$	52,845		4.08	$	86,029

Total loans risk rated	$	439,587			$	550,174

(1) Consumer loans are primarily evaluated on a homogenous pool level and generally not individually risk rated unless certain factors are met. (2) Classified loans includes loans under the credit quality indicator categories of substandard, doubtful and loss

Impaired loans: The following tables present an analysis of impaired loans at the dates indicated (in thousands):

March 31, 2013	Recorded Investment with No Specific Valuation Allowance		Recorded Investment with Specific Valuation Allowance		Total Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Specific Valuation Allowance		Year-to- Date Average Recorded Investment

Commercial business	$	679	$	-	$	679	$	944	$	-	$	3,986
Commercial real estate		12,011		7,455		19,466		21,291		536		20,705
Land		3,469		-		3,469		4,359		-		6,818
Multi-family		3,846		-		3,846		4,802		-		7,822
Real estate construction		175		-		175		811		-		2,365
Consumer		3,090		1,843		4,933		5,799		183		4,961
Total	$	23,270	$	9,298	$	32,568	$	38,006	$	719	$	46,657


March 31, 2012

Commercial business	$	4,790	$	3,028	$	7,818	$	10,477	$	73	$	6,400
Commercial real estate		12,704		10,120		22,824		25,359		686		17,102
Land		10,365		3,861		14,226		17,989		624		13,339
Multi-family		7,825		440		8,265		9,189		4		8,254
Real estate construction		7,009		604		7,613		13,796		18		6,700
Consumer		2,842		2,125		4,967		6,880		197		1,584
Total	$	45,535	$	20,178	$	65,713	$	83,690	$	1,602	$	53,379

The related amount of interest income recognized on loans that were impaired was $796,000, $2.2 million and $907,000 during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Trouble debt restructurings (“TDR”) are loans where the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower's financial condition, has granted a concession to the borrower that it would otherwise not consider. A TDR typically involves a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or face amount of the loan, a reduction of accrued interest, or an extension of the maturity date(s) at a stated interest rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk.

The following table presents troubled debt restructurings (“TDR”) at the date indicated (dollars in thousands):

	March 31, 2013						March 31, 2012
(Dollars in Thousands)	Number of Contracts		Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Number of Contracts		Pre- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment		Post- Modification Outstanding Recorded Investment

Commercial business		2	$	449	$	408		10	$	5,864	$	5,018
Commercial real estate (1)		5		9,022		8,603		3		4,158		2,966
Land (1)		2		1,193		918		1		2,191		1,136
Multi-family (1)		1		3,277		2,967		2		6,372		5,277
Consumer		2		1,971		1,671		4		1,739		1,683
Total		12	$	15,912	$	14,567		20	$	20,324	$	16,080

(1) Included within these amounts at March 31, 2013, is a $5.0 million real estate construction loan restructured into one $3.3 million multi-family, one $875,000 commercial real estate and one $800,000 land loan based upon collateral securing the restructured loans.

There was one TDR loan secured by a one-to-four family home that was recorded in the twelve months prior to March 31, 2013 that defaulted in the twelve months ended March 31, 2013. The loan had a pre-modification outstanding recorded investment of $442,000 and the amount of the defaulted loan totaled $441,000. There were no TDRs that were recorded in the twelve months prior to March 31, 2012 that subsequently defaulted in the twelve months ended March 31, 2012.

7.	PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

	March 31,
		2013			2012

Land	$	4,177		$	3,213
Buildings and improvements		13,921			11,987
Leasehold improvements		1,426			1,413
Furniture and equipment		10,732			10,046
Buildings under capitalized leases		2,715			2,715
Construction in progress		720			2,544
Total		33,691			31,918
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(15,998	)		(14,850	)
Premises and equipment, net	$	17,693		$	17,068

Depreciation expense was $1.5 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The Company is obligated under various noncancellable lease agreements for land and buildings that require future minimum rental payments, exclusive of taxes and other charges.

During fiscal year 2006, the Company entered into a capital lease for the shell of the building constructed as the Company’s operations center. The lease period is for twelve years with two six-year lease renewal options. For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company recorded $113,000 in amortization expense. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, accumulated amortization for the capital lease totaled $827,000 and $714,000, respectively.

In March 2010, the Company sold two of its branch locations. The Company maintains a substantial continuing involvement in the locations through various non-cancellable operating leases that contain certain renewal options. The resulting gain on sale of $2.1 million was deferred and is being amortized over the life of the respective leases. At March 31, 2013, the deferred gain was $1.7 million and is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under capital leases together with the present value of net minimum lease payments and the future minimum rental payments required under operating leases that have initial or noncancellable lease terms in excess of one year as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

Year Ending March 31:		Operating Lease		Capital Lease
2014	$	1,662	$	251
2015		1,580		251
2016		1,595		251
2017		1,569		251
2018		1,441		251
Thereafter		3,349		2,930
Total minimum lease payments	$	11,196		4,185
Less amount representing interest				(1,745	)
Present value of net minimum lease payments			$	2,440

Rent expense was $1.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

8.	REAL ESTATE OWNED

The following table is a summary of the activity in REO for the periods indicated (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013			2012			2011
Balance at beginning of year, net	$	18,731		$	27,590		$	13,325
Additions		14,207			7,050			22,822
Dispositions		(12,326	)		(11,671	)		(7,633	)
Writedowns		(4,974	)		(4,238	)		(924	)
Balance at end of year, net	$	15,638		$	18,731		$	27,590

REO expenses for the year ended March 31, 2013 consisted of write-downs on existing REO properties of $5.0 million and operating expenses of $807,000. Net losses on dispositions of REO totaled $384,000 for the year ended March 31, 2013, and were included in other non-interest income in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations. REO expenses for the year ended March 31, 2012 consisted of write-downs on existing REO properties of $4.2 million, operating expenses of $859,000 and net losses on dispositions of REO totaled $556,000. REO expenses for the year ended March 31, 2011 consisted of write-downs on existing REO properties of $924,000, operating expenses of $893,000 and net gains on dispositions of REO of $386,000.

GOODWILL

Goodwill and intangibles generally arise from business combinations accounted for under the purchase method. Goodwill and other intangibles deemed to have indefinite lives generated from purchase business combinations are not subject to amortization and are instead tested for impairment no less than annually. The Company has one reporting unit, the Bank, for purposes of computing goodwill.

During the third quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company changed its annual goodwill impairment testing date from November 30 to October 31, which did not result in any delay, acceleration or avoidance of impairment. The Company believes this date for the annual goodwill impairment test is preferable because it provides more time to complete the impairment testing as it occurs earlier within a quarterly reporting cycle. The additional time is preferable as it is expected to allow sufficient time before the quarterly reporting deadline to estimate the implied fair value of goodwill

for comparison with its carrying value, if necessary. This change was applied prospectively beginning on October 31, 2012. Retrospective application to prior annual periods is impracticable as the Company is unable to objectively determine, without the use of hindsight, the assumptions that would have been used in those earlier periods. In connection with this change, the Company performed an impairment assessment as of October 31, 2012 and determined that no impairment of goodwill asset exists. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process. The first step is a comparison of the reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. If the reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying value, the Company would be required to progress to the second step. In the second step the Company calculates the implied fair value of goodwill. The GAAP standards with respect to goodwill require that the Company compare the implied fair value of goodwill to the carrying amount of goodwill on the Company’s balance sheet. If the carrying amount of the goodwill is greater than the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss must be recognized in an amount equal to that excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner as goodwill recognized in a business combination. The estimated fair value of the Company is allocated to all of the Company’s individual assets and liabilities, including any unrecognized identifiable intangible assets, as if the Company had been acquired in a business combination and the estimated fair value of the Company is the price paid to acquire it. The allocation process is performed only for purposes of determining the amount of goodwill impairment, as no assets or liabilities are written up or down, nor are any additional unrecognized identifiable intangible assets recorded as a part of this process. The results of the Company’s step one test indicated that the reporting unit’s fair value was less than its carrying value and therefore the Company performed a step two analysis. After the step two analysis was completed, the Company determined the implied fair value of goodwill was greater than the carrying value on the Company’s balance sheet and no goodwill impairment existed; however, no assurance can be given that the Company’s goodwill will not be written down in future periods.

10.	DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

Deposit accounts consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):

Account Type	Weighted Average Rate			March 31, 2013		Weighted Average Rate			March 31, 2012
Non-interest-bearing		0.00	%	$	112,527		0.00	%	$	116,882
Interest checking		0.11			91,754		0.23			106,904
Money market		0.22			217,091		0.34			244,919
Savings accounts		0.15			54,316		0.25			45,741
Certificates of deposit		0.82			188,118		0.99			230,009
Total		0.33	%	$	663,806		0.47	%	$	744,455

The weighted average rate is based on interest rates at the end of the year.

Certificates of deposit in amounts of $100,000 or more totaled $108.0 million and $142.0 million at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Interest expense by deposit type was as follows (in thousands):

	Year Ended March 31,
		2013		2012		2011
Interest checking	$	135	$	281	$	239
Money market		602		1,049		1,846
Savings accounts		92		124		160
Certificate of deposit		1,838		2,903		4,324
Total	$	2,667	$	4,357	$	6,569

11.	JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

At March 31, 2013, the Company had two wholly-owned subsidiary grantor trusts that were established for the purpose of issuing trust preferred securities and common securities. The trust preferred securities accrue and pay distributions periodically at specified annual rates as provided in each trust agreement. The trusts used the net proceeds from each of the offerings to purchase a like amount of junior subordinated debentures (the “Debentures”) of the Company. The Debentures are the sole assets of the trusts. The Company’s obligations under the Debentures and related documents, taken together, constitute a full and unconditional guarantee by the Company of the obligations of the trusts. The trust preferred securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the Debentures, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indentures. The Company has the right to redeem the Debentures in whole or in part on or after specific dates, at a redemption price specified in the indentures governing the Debentures plus any accrued but unpaid interest to the redemption date. The Company also has the right to defer the payment of interest on each of the Debentures for a period not to exceed 20 consecutive quarters, provided that the deferral period does not extend beyond the stated maturity. During such deferral period, distributions on the corresponding trust preferred securities will also be deferred and the Company may not pay cash dividends to the holders of shares of our common stock. Beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company elected to defer regularly scheduled interest payments on its outstanding $22.7 million aggregate principal amount of the Debentures. The Company continued with the interest deferral at March 31, 2013. As of March 31, 2013, the Company has deferred a total of $3.3 million of interest payments. The accrual for these payments is included in accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the deferral period, the Company is restricted from paying dividends on its common stock.

The Debentures issued by the Company to the grantor trusts, totaling $22.7 million, are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets in the liabilities section, under the caption “junior subordinated debentures.” The common securities issued by the grantor trusts were purchased by the Company, and the Company’s investment in the common securities of $681,000 at March 31, 2013 and 2012, is included in prepaid expenses and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company records interest expense on the Debentures in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The following table is a summary of the terms of the current Debentures at March 31, 2013:

Issuance Trust

Issuance

Date

Amount

Outstanding

Rate Type

Initial

Rate

Maturing

Date

(Dollars in thousands)

Riverview Bancorp Statutory Trust I

12/2005

$ 7,217

Variable (1)

5.88%

1.64%

3/2036

Riverview Bancorp Statutory Trust II

6/2007

15,464

Variable (2)

7.03%

1.63%

9/2037

$ 22,681

(1) The trust preferred securities reprice quarterly based on the three-month LIBOR plus 1.36%.

(2) The trust preferred security reprice quarterly based on the three-month LIBOR plus 1.35%.

12.	INCOME TAXES

Income tax provision (benefit) for the years ended March 31 consisted of the following (in thousands):

	2013		2012			2011
Current	$	29	$	(158	)	$	324
Deferred		-		8,536			1,841
Total	$	29	$	8,378		$	2,165

The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at March 31, 2013 and 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	2013			2012
Deferred tax assets:
Deferred compensation	$	120		$	512
Loan loss reserve		5,635			7,149
Accrued expenses		221			245
Accumulated depreciation		817			568
Deferred gain on sale		327			402
Tax credit carryforwards		6,079			6,111
Net unrealized loss on securities available for sale		522			603
Impairment on investment security		233			233
REO expense		3,889			2,814
Non-compete agreement		93			106
Other		395			367
Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets		(16,181	)		(16,830	)
Total deferred tax asset		2,150			2,280


Deferred tax liabilities:
FHLB stock dividend		(1,035	)		(1,063	)
Purchase accounting		(23	)		(49	)
Prepaid expense		(175	)		(178	)
Loan fees/costs		(395	)		(387	)
Total deferred tax liability		(1,628	)		(1,677	)
Deferred tax asset, net	$	522		$	603

A reconciliation of the Company’s effective income tax rate with the federal statutory tax rate for the years ended March 31 is as follows:

	2013		2012		2011
Statutory federal income tax rate	34.0	%	34.0	%	34.0	%
State and local income tax rate	1.9		1.5		1.5
ESOP market value adjustment	0.8		0.1		(0.2	)
Interest income on municipal securities	(0.2	)	0.1		(0.3	)
Bank owned life insurance	(7.6	)	0.9		(3.3	)
Valuation adjustment	(23.9	)	(72.5	)	-
Other, net	(3.9	)	(0.1	)	1.7
Effective federal income tax rate	1.1	%	(36.0	)%	33.4	%

There were no taxes related to the gains on sales of securities for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011. The tax effects of certain tax benefits related to stock options are recorded directly to shareholders’ equity.

The Bank’s retained earnings at March 31, 2013 and 2012 include base year bad debt reserves, which amounted to $2.2 million, for which no federal income tax liability has been recognized. The amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability at March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $781,000. This represents the balance of bad debt reserves created for tax purposes as of December 31, 1987. These amounts are subject to recapture in the unlikely event that the Company’s banking subsidiaries (1) make distributions in excess of current and accumulated earnings and profits, as calculated for federal tax purposes, (2) redeem their stock, or (3) liquidate. Management does not expect this temporary difference to reverse in the foreseeable future. At March 31, 2013, the Company had a deferred tax asset of $5.8 million and $257,000 for federal and state, net operating loss carryforwards, respectively, which will expire in 2032.

At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or uncertain tax positions. In addition, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties as of March 31, 2013 or 2012. It is the Company’s policy to recognize potential accrued interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax and income tax of the State of Oregon. The years 2009 to 2012 remain open to examination for federal income taxes, and years 2008 to 2012 remain open to State examination.

In accordance with current accounting guidance, a valuation allowance is required to be recognized if it is “more likely than not” that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. “More likely than not” is defined as greater than 50% probability of occurrence. A determination as to the ultimate realization of the deferred tax assets is dependent upon management’s judgment and evaluation of both positive and negative evidence, forecasts of future taxable income,

applicable tax planning strategies, and an assessment of current and future economic and business conditions. Positive evidence reviewed included long-term earnings history prior to recent economic downturn, recent improved performance trends, proven ability to utilize deferred tax credits, projection of future income, capital levels and net operating loss carryback availability. Negative evidence reviewed consisted primarily of the losses sustained by the Company during fiscal year 2012.

After considering both the positive and negative factors, management carried a valuation allowance for deferred taxes of $16.2 million and $16.8 million, respectively, as of March 31, 2013 and 2012.

13.	EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Retirement Plan - The Riverview Bancorp, Inc. Employees’ Savings and Profit Sharing Plan (the “Plan”) is a defined contribution profit-sharing plan incorporating the provisions of Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Company expenses related to the Plan for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 were $192,000, $401,000 and $399,000, respectively.

Directors Deferred Compensation Plan - Directors may elect to defer their monthly directors’ fees until retirement with no income tax payable by the director until retirement benefits are received. Chairman, President, Executive and Senior Vice Presidents of the Company may also defer salary into this plan. This alternative is made available to them through a nonqualified deferred compensation plan. The Company accrues annual interest on the unfunded liability under the Directors Deferred Compensation Plan based upon a formula relating to gross revenues, which amounted to 4.15%, 4.51% and 5.00% for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The estimated liability under the plan is accrued as earned by the participant. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s aggregate liability under the plan was $339,000 and $1.4 million, respectively.

Stock Option Plans - In July 1998, shareholders of the Company approved the adoption of the 1998 Stock Option Plan (“1998 Plan”). The 1998 Plan was effective October 1, 1998 and terminated on October 1, 2008. Accordingly, no further option awards may be granted under the 1998 Plan; however, any awards granted prior to its expiration remain outstanding subject to their terms. Each option granted under the 1998 Plan has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant, a maximum term of ten years and a vesting period from zero to five years.

In July 2003, shareholders of the Company approved the adoption of the 2003 Stock Option Plan (“2003 Plan”). The 2003 Plan was effective July 2003 and will expire on the tenth anniversary of the effective date, unless terminated sooner by the Board. Under the 2003 Plan, the Company may grant both incentive and non-qualified stock options to purchase up to 458,554 shares of its common stock to officers, directors and employees. Each option granted under the 2003 Plan has an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, a maximum term of ten years and a vesting period from zero to five years. At March 31, 2013, there were options for 105,154 shares of the Company’s common stock available for future grant under the 2003 Plan.

The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes based stock option valuation model. The fair value of all awards is amortized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods, which are generally the vesting periods. The Black-Scholes model uses the assumptions listed in the table below. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that they are expected to be outstanding. The expected life is determined based on historical experience with similar options, giving consideration to the contractual terms and vesting schedules. Expected volatility was estimated at the date of grant based on the historical volatility of the Company's common stock. Expected dividends are based on dividend trends and the market value of the Company's common stock at the time of grant. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The Company did not grant stock options during the year ended March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The Company granted 21,000 stock options during the years ended March 31, 2011.

	Risk Free Interest Rate	Expected Life (yrs)	Expected Volatility	Expected Dividends

Fiscal 2013	-	-	-	-
Fiscal 2012	-	-	-	-
Fiscal 2011	2.50%	6.25	45.05%	2.77%

The weighted average grant-date fair value during fiscal 2011 was $0.85. As of March 31, 2013, unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options totaled $3,000. The Company recognized pre-tax compensation

expense related to stock options of $2,000, $12,000 and $77,000 for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table presents the activity related to options under all plans for the years indicated.

	Year Ended March 31,
	2013					2012					2011
	Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price		Number of Shares			Weighted Average Exercise Price
Balance, beginning of period		440,500		$	8.87		468,700		$	9.00		465,700		$	9.35
Grants		-			-		-			-		21,000			2.39
Forfeited		(3,000	)		1.97		(28,200	)		11.17		(18,000	)		10.26
Expired		(30,000	)		7.00		-			-		-			-
Balance, end of period		407,500		$	9.05		440,500		$	8.87		468,700		$	9.00

Additional information regarding options outstanding as of March 31, 2013 is as follows:

				Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
		Weighted Avg				Weighted				Weighted
		Remaining				Average				Average
Range of		Contractual		Number		Exercise		Number		Exercise
Exercise Price		Life (years)		Outstanding		Price		Exercisable		Price

$	1.97 - $6.17		6.40		171,000	$	4.17		167,800	$	4.21
$	7.49 - $9.51		0.77		22,500		8.88		22,500		8.88
$	10.10 - $10.83		3.65		9,000		10.37		9,000		10.37
$	12.98 - $14.52		3.05		205,000		13.09		205,000		13.09
			4.34		407,500	$	9.05		404,300	$	9.11

The following table presents information on stock options outstanding for the periods shown, less estimated forfeitures.

	Year Ended March 31, 2013		Year Ended March 31, 2012
Stock options fully vested and expected to vest:
Number		407,100		439,825
Weighted average exercise price	$	9.06	$	8.87
Aggregate intrinsic value (1)	$	3	$	2
Weighted average contractual term of options (years)		4.34		5.02
Stock options fully vested and currently exercisable:
Number		404,300		433,400
Weighted average exercise price	$	9.11	$	8.97
Aggregate intrinsic value (1)	$	2	$	1
Weighted average contractual term of options (years)		4.32		4.97

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value of a stock options in the table above represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the amount by which the current market value of the underlying stock exceeds the exercise price) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised. This amount changes based on changes in the market value of the Company’s stock.

There were no stock options exercised for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

14.	EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

The Company sponsors an ESOP that covers all employees with at least one year and 1,000 hours of service who are over the age of 21. Shares are released and allocated to participant accounts on December 31 of each year until 2017. ESOP compensation expense included in salaries and employee benefits was $42,000, $62,000 and $64,000 for years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

ESOP share activity is summarized in the following table:

	Fair Value of Unreleased Shares		Unreleased ESOP Shares		Allocated and Released Shares	Total

Balance, March 31, 2010	$	453,000	197,064		765,520	962,584
Allocation December 31, 2010			(24,633	)	24,633	-
Balance, March 31, 2011	$	524,000	172,431		790,153	962,584
Allocation December 31, 2011			(24,633	)	24,633	-
Balance, March 31, 2012	$	334,000	147,798		814,786	962,584
Allocation December 31, 2012			(24,633	)	24,633	-
Balance, March 31, 2013	$	325,000	123,165		839,419	962,584

15.	SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

The Company’s articles of incorporation authorize 250,000 shares of serial preferred stock. No preferred shares were issued or outstanding at March 31, 2013 or 2012.

The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Bank’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Bank’s capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and tier I capital to risk-weighted assets, core capital to total assets and tangible capital to tangible assets (set forth in the table below). Management believes the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject to as of March 31, 2013.

As of March 31, 2013, the most recent notification from the OCC categorized the Bank as “well capitalized” under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as “well capitalized,” the Bank must maintain minimum total capital and tier I capital to risk weighted assets, core capital to total assets and tangible capital to tangible assets (set forth in the table below).

The Bank’s actual and required minimum capital amounts and ratios are as follows (dollars in thousands):

	Actual					For Capital Adequacy Purposes					“Well Capitalized” Under Prompt Corrective Action
	Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio			Amount		Ratio
March 31, 2013
Total Capital:
(To Risk-Weighted Assets)	$	81,227		15.29	%	$	42,493		8.0	%	$	63,740		12.0	%	(1)
Tier 1 Capital:
(To Risk-Weighted Assets)		74,473		14.02			21,247		4.0			31,870		6.0
Tier 1 Capital (Leverage):
(To Adjusted Tangible Assets)		74,473		9.99			29,823		4.0			67,102		9.0		(1)
Tangible Capital:
(To Tangible Assets)		74,473		9.99			11,184		1.5			N/A		N/A

March 31, 2012
Total Capital:
(To Risk-Weighted Assets)	$	80,834	12.11	%	$	53,399	8.0	%	$	80,099	12.0	%	(1)
Tier 1 Capital:
(To Risk-Weighted Assets)		72,354	10.84			26,700	4.0			40,049	6.0
Tier 1 Capital (Leverage):
(To Adjusted Tangible Assets)		72,354	8.76			33,034	4.0			74,326	9.0		(1)
Tangible Capital:
(To Tangible Assets)		72,354	8.76			12,388	1.5			N/A	N/A

(1)	The Bank agreed with the OCC to establishing higher minimum capital ratios and must maintain a Tier 1 capital (leverage) ratio of not less than 9.0% and a total risked-based capital ratio of not less than 12.0% in order to be deemed “well capitalized”.

At periodic intervals, the OCC and the FDIC routinely examine the Bank’s financial condition and risk management processes as part of their legally prescribed oversight. Based on their examinations, these regulators can direct that the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements be adjusted in accordance with their findings. A future examination by the OCC or the FDIC could include a review of certain transactions or other amounts reported in the Company’s 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Company did not repurchase any shares of common stock for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 or 2011.

16.	EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income or loss applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period, without considering any dilutive items. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income applicable to common stock by the weighted average number of common shares and common stock equivalents for items that are dilutive, net of shares assumed to be repurchased using the treasury stock method at the average share price for the Company’s common stock during the period. Common stock equivalents arise from assumed conversion of outstanding stock options. ESOP shares are not considered outstanding for EPS purposes until they are committed to be released. For the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, stock options for 419,000, 454,000 and 465,000 shares, respectively, of common stock were excluded in computing diluted EPS because they were antidilutive.

	Year Ended March 31,
(Dollars and share data in thousands, except per share data)		2013		2012			2011
Basic EPS computation:
Numerator-net income (loss)	$	2,633	$	(31,657	)	$	4,315
Denominator-weighted average common shares outstanding		22,343		22,318			18,341
Basic EPS	$	0.12	$	(1.42	)	$	0.24
Diluted EPS computation:
Numerator-net income (loss)	$	2,633	$	(31,657	)	$	4,315
Denominator-weighted average common shares outstanding		22,343		22,318			18,341
Effect of dilutive stock options		-		-			-
Weighted average common shares
and common stock equivalents (1)		22,343		22,318			18,341
Diluted EPS	$	0.12	$	(1.42	)	$	0.24

(1) For the year ended March 31, 2012 the Company recognized a net loss and therefore all outstanding stock options were excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share because they were antidilutive.

17.	FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT

The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure topic of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification defines fair value and establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The following definitions describe the categories used in the tables presented under fair value measurement.

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1): Inputs that are quoted unadjusted prices in active markets for identical assets that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date. An active market for the asset is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Other observable inputs (Level 2): Inputs that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from sources independent of the reporting entity including quoted prices for similar assets, quoted prices for securities in inactive markets and inputs derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means.

Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3): Inputs that reflect the reporting entity's own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances.

Financial instruments are presented in the tables that follow by recurring or nonrecurring measurement status. Recurring assets are initially measured at fair value and are required to be remeasured at fair value in the financial statements at each reporting date. Assets measured on a nonrecurring basis are assets that, as a result of an event or

circumstance, were required to be remeasured at fair value after initial recognition in the financial statements at some time during the reporting period.

The following tables present assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (in thousands).

			Fair value measurements using
March 31, 2013	Fair value		Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1)		Other observable inputs (Level 2)		Significant unobservable inputs (Level 3)
Investment securities available for sale
Trust preferred	$	1,238	$	-	$	-	$	1,238
Agency securities		4,978		-		4,978		-
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale
Real estate mortgage investment conduits		237		-		237		-
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities		191		-		191		-
FNMA mortgage-backed securities		3		-		3		-
Total recurring assets measured at fair value	$	6,647	$	-	$	5,409	$	1,238


March 31, 2012

Investment securities available for sale
Trust preferred	$	1,166	$	-	$	-	$	1,166
Agency securities		4,999		-		4,999		-
Municipal bonds		149		-		149		-
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale
Real estate mortgage investment conduits		329		-		329		-
FHLMC mortgage-backed securities		636		-		636		-
FNMA mortgage-backed securities		9		-		9		-
Total recurring assets measured at fair value	$	7,288	$	-	$	6,122	$	1,166

The following table presents a reconciliation of assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) during the year ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands). There were no transfers of assets in to or out of Levels 1, 2, or 3 for the year ended March 31, 2013 and 2012.

		For the Year Ended March 31, 2013		For the Year Ended March 31, 2012

Beginning balance	$	1,166	$	916
Transfers in to Level 3		-		-
Included in earnings (1)		-		-
Included in other comprehensive income		72		250
Ending balance	$	1,238	$	1,166

(1) Included in other non-interest income

The following method was used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument above:

Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities – Investments and mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale are included within Level 1 of the hierarchy when quoted prices in an active market for identical assets are available. The Company uses a third party pricing service to assist the Company in determining the fair value of its Level 2 securities, which incorporates pricing models and/or quoted prices of investment securities with similar characteristics. Our Level 3 assets consist of a single pooled trust preferred security.

For Level 2 securities, the Company uses an independent pricing service to assist management in determining fair values of investment securities available-for-sale. This service provides pricing information by utilizing evaluated pricing models supported with market data information. Standard inputs include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data from market research publications. Investments securities that are deemed to have been trading in illiquid or inactive markets

100

may require the use of significant unobservable inputs. The Company’s third-party pricing service has established processes for us to submit inquiries regarding quoted prices. The Company’s third-party pricing service will review the inputs to the evaluation in light of any new market data presented by us. The Company’s third-party pricing service may then affirm the original quoted price or may update the evaluation on a going forward basis.

Management reviews the pricing information received from the third party-pricing service through a combination of procedures that include an evaluation of methodologies used by the pricing service, analytical reviews and performance analysis of the prices against statistics and trends. Based on this review, management determines whether the current placement of the security in the fair value hierarchy is appropriate or whether transfers may be warranted. As necessary, the Company compares prices received from the pricing service to discounted cash flow models or through performing independent valuations of inputs and assumptions similar to those used by the pricing service in order to ensure prices represent a reasonable estimate of fair value.

The Company has determined that the market for its single trust preferred pooled security was inactive. This determination was made by the Company after considering the last known trade date for this specific security, the low number of transactions for similar types of securities, the low number of new issuances for similar securities, the increased implied liquidity risk premium for similar securities, the lack of information that is released publicly and discussions with third-party industry analysts. Due to the inactivity in the market, observable market data was not readily available for all significant inputs for this security. Accordingly, the trust preferred pooled security was classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy. The Company utilized observable inputs where available, unobservable data and modeled the cash flows adjusted by an appropriate liquidity and credit risk adjusted discount rate using an income approach valuation technique in order to measure the fair value of the security. Significant unobservable inputs were used that reflect the Company’s assumptions of what a market participant would use to price the security. Significant unobservable inputs included selecting an appropriate discount rate, default rate and repayment assumptions. The Company estimated the discount rate by comparing rates for similarly rated corporate bonds, with additional consideration given to market liquidity. The default rates and repayment assumptions were estimated based on the individual issuer’s financial conditions, historical repayment information, as well as the Company’s future expectations of the capital markets.

The following table represents certain loans and REO, which were marked down to their fair value for the year ended March 31, 2013. The following assets are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis (in thousands).

				Fair value measurements at March 31, 2013, using
	Fair Value			Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets			Other observable inputs			Significant unobservable inputs
	March 31, 2013			(Level 1)			(Level 2)			(Level 3)
Loans measured for impairment		$	24,094		$	-		$	-		$	24,094
Real estate owned			17,131			-			-			17,131
Total nonrecurring assets measured at fair value		$	41,225		$	-		$	-		$	41,225

The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 inputs for financial instruments measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis at March 31, 2013 (in thousands):

	Valuation technique	Significant unobservable inputs	Range

Loans measured for impairment	Appraised value	Adjustment for market conditions	0% - 61%

Real estate owned	Appraised value	Adjustment for market conditions	0% - 55%

The following method was used to estimate the fair value of each class of financial instrument above:

Impaired loans – A loan is considered to be impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due (both interest and principal) according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. For information regarding the Company’s method for estimating the fair value of impaired loans, see Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies – Allowance for Loan Losses.

In determining the net realizable value of the underlying collateral, we primarily use third party appraisals which may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach.

101

Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available and include consideration for variations in location, size, and income production capacity of the property. Additionally, the appraisals are periodically further adjusted by the Company in consideration of charges that may be incurred in the event of foreclosure and are based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in business factors and changes in market conditions.

Impaired loans are reviewed and evaluated quarterly for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly, based on the same factors identified above. Because of the high degree of judgment required in estimating the fair value of collateral underlying impaired loans and because of the relationship between fair value and general economic conditions, we consider the fair value of impaired loans to be highly sensitive to changes in market conditions.

Real estate owned – REO is real property that the Bank has taken ownership of in partial or full satisfaction of a loan or loans. REO is recorded at the fair value less estimated costs to sell. This amount becomes the property’s new basis. Any write downs based on the property’s fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses.

Management considers third party appraisals in determining the fair value of particular properties. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available and include consideration for variations in location, size, and income production capacity of the property. Additionally, the appraisals are periodically further adjusted by the Company in consideration of charges that may be incurred in the event of foreclosure and are based on management’s historical knowledge, changes in business factors and changes in market conditions.

Management periodically reviews REO to ensure the property is carried at the lower of its new basis or fair value, net of estimated costs to sell. Any additional write-downs based on re-evaluation of the property fair value are charged to non-interest expense. Because of the high degree of judgment required in estimating the fair value of REO and because of the relationship between fair value and general economic conditions, we consider the fair value of REO to be highly sensitive to changes in market conditions.

18.	FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The following disclosure of the estimated fair value of financial instruments is made in accordance with applicable accounting standards. The Company, using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies, has determined the estimated fair value amounts. However, considerable judgment is necessary to interpret market data in the development of the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in the future. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The estimated fair value of financial instruments is as follows (in thousands):

				Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets			Other observable inputs			Significant unobservable inputs
March 31, 2013	Carry Value			(Level 1)			(Level 2)			(Level 3)			Fair Value
Assets:
Cash		$	115,415		$	115,415		$	-		$	-	$	115,415
Certificates of deposit held for investment			44,635			-			45,078			-		45,078
Investment securities available for sale			6,216			-			4,978			1,238		6,216
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity			125			-			129			-		129
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale			431			-			431			-		431
Loans receivable, net			520,369			-			-			495,312		495,312
Loans held for sale			831			-			831			-		831
Federal Home Loan Bank stock			7,154			-			7,154			-		7,154

Liabilities:
Demand – savings deposits			475,688			-			475,688			-		475,688
Time deposits			188,118			-			189,289			-		189,289
Junior subordinated debentures			22,681			-			-			9,433		9,433

102

				Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets			Other observable inputs			Significant unobservable inputs
March 31, 2012	Carry Value			(Level 1)			(Level 2)			(Level 3)			Fair Value

Assets:
Cash		$	46,393		$	46,393		$	-		$	-	$	46,393
Certificates of deposit held for investment			41,473			-			41,767			-		41,767
Investment securities held to maturity			493			-			542			-		542
Investment securities available for sale			6,314			-			5,148			1,166		6,314
Mortgage-backed securities held to maturity			171			-			177			-		177
Mortgage-backed securities available for sale			974			-			974			-		974
Loans receivable, net			664,888			-			-			596,552		596,552
Loans held for sale			480			-			480			-		480
Federal Home Loan Bank stock			7,350			-			7,350			-		7,350

Liabilities:
Demand – savings deposits			514,446			-			514,446			-		514,446
Time deposits			230,009			-			231,631			-		231,631
Junior subordinated debentures			22,681			-			-			9,831		9,831

Fair value estimates were based on existing financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business. The fair value was not estimated for assets and liabilities that were not considered financial instruments.

Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below.

Cash - Fair value approximates the carrying amount.

Certificates of Deposit held for investment – The fair value of certificates of deposit with stated maturity was based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate was estimated using rates currently available in the local market.

Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities – Fair values were based on quoted market rates and dealer quotes. The fair value of the trust preferred investment was determined using a discounted cash flow method (see also Note 17 – Fair Value Measurements).

Loans Receivable and Loans Held for Sale – At March 31, 2013, the entire loan portfolio was priced using a discounted cash flow analysis. At March 31, 2012, nonperforming and criticized loans were priced using comparable market statistics. The nonperforming and criticized loan portfolio was segregated into various categories and a weighted average valuation discount that approximated similar loan sales was applied to each of these categories. The remaining loans within the portfolio were priced using a discounted cash flow analysis. The fair value of loans held for sale was based on the loans carrying value as the agreements to sell these loans are short term fixed rate commitments and no material difference between the carrying value is likely.

Federal Home Loan Bank stock – The carrying amount approximates the estimated fair value of this investment.

Deposits - The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity such as non-interest-bearing demand deposits, interest checking, money market and savings accounts was equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of time deposits with stated maturity was based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate was estimated using rates currently available in the local market.

Junior Subordinated Debentures - The fair value of the Debentures was based on the discounted cash flow method. Management believes that the discount rate utilized is indicative of those that would be used by market participants for similar types of debentures.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments - The estimated fair value of loan commitments approximates fees recorded associated with such commitments as of March 31, 2013 and 2012. Since the majority of the Bank’s off-balance-sheet instruments consist of non-fee producing, variable rate commitments, the Bank has determined they do not have a distinguishable fair value.

103

19.	COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those guarantees are primarily used to support public and private borrowing arrangements. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. Collateral held varies as specified above, and is required in instances where the Bank deems necessary. At March 31, 2013 and 2012, standby letters of credit totaled $823,000 and $1.1 million, respectively.

In connection with certain asset sales, the Bank typically makes representation and warranties about the underlying assets conforming to specified guidelines. If the underlying assets do not conform to the specifications, the Bank may have an obligation to repurchase the assets or indemnify the purchaser against loss. As of March 31, 2013, loans under warranty totaled $119.9 million, which substantially represents the unpaid principal balance of the Bank’s loans serviced for FHLMC. The Bank believes that the potential for loss under these arrangements is remote. Accordingly, no contingent liability is recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements. At March 31, 2013, the Company had firm commitments to sell $4.4 million of residential loans to FHLMC. Typically, these agreements are short term fixed rate commitments and no material gain or loss is likely.

The Bank is a public depository and, accordingly, accepts deposit and other public funds belonging to, or held for the benefit of, Washington and Oregon states, political subdivisions thereof and, municipal corporations. In accordance with applicable state law, in the event of default of a participating bank, all other participating banks in the state collectively assure that no loss of funds are suffered by any public depositor. Generally, in the event of default by a public depositary, the assessment attributable to all public depositaries is allocated on a pro rata basis in proportion to the maximum liability of each depository as it existed on the date of loss. The Company has not incurred any losses related to public depository funds for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

The Bank has entered into employment contracts with certain key employees, which provide for contingent payment subject to future events.

104

20.	RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)

BALANCE SHEETS
MARCH 31, 2013 AND 2012
(In thousands)	2013		2012
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents (including interest earning accounts of $952 and $2,856)	$	1,020	$	2,904
Investment in the Bank		102,280		96,348
Other assets		1,117		1,694
TOTAL ASSETS	$	104,417	$	100,946
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Accrued expenses and other liabilities	$	3,294	$	2,658
Borrowings		22,681		22,681
Shareholders' equity		78,442		75,607
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	104,417	$	100,946

STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

(In thousands)	2013			2012			2011

INCOME:
Interest on investment securities and other short-term investments	$	20		$	40		$	44
Interest on loan receivable from the Bank		50			59			68
Total income		70			99			112

EXPENSE:
Management service fees paid to the Bank		143			142			143
Other expenses		685			3,624			1,316
Total expense		828			3,766			1,459
LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY
IN UNDISTRIBUTED LOSS OF THE BANK		(758	)		(3,667	)		(1,347	)
PROVISION (BENEFIT) FOR INCOME TAXES		(258	)		81			(458	)
LOSS OF PARENT COMPANY		(500	)		(3,748	)		(889	)
EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED INCOME (LOSS) OF THE BANK		3,133			(27,909	)		5,204
NET INCOME (LOSS)	$	2,633		$	(31,657	)	$	4,315

There were no items of other comprehensive income for the parent Company.

105

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC. (PARENT COMPANY)

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2013, 2012 AND 2011

(In thousands)		2013			2012			2011

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income (loss)	$	2,633		$	(31,657	)	$	4,315
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
Equity in undistributed (earnings) loss of the Bank		(3,133	)		27,909			(5,204	)
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes		-			(15	)		10
Writedown of real estate owned		-			1,997			-
Earned ESOP shares		42			62			64
Stock based compensation		2			12			77
Changes in assets and liabilities
Other assets		577			114			(43	)
Accrued expenses and other liabilities		695			1,382			1,209
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities		816			(196	)		428

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchase of real estate held for investment		-			-			(8,328	)
Proceeds from sale of real estate owned		-			1,041			-
Additional investment in subsidiary		(2,700	)		(2,000	)		(7,000	)
Net cash used in investing activities		(2,700	)		(959	)		(15,328	)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net		-			-			18,769
Net cash provided by financing activities		-			-			18,769

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(1,884	)		(1,155	)		3,869

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR		2,904			4,059			190

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR	$	1,020		$	2,904		$	4,059

NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Transfer of real estate owned	$	-		$	5,290		$	-

106

RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC.

SELECTED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED):

(Dollars in thousands, except share data)	Three Months Ended
		March 31			December 31			September 30		June 30
Fiscal 2013:
Interest income	$	6,905		$	8,136		$	8,648	$	9,243
Interest expense		700			752			861		1,172
Net interest income		6,205			7,384			7,787		8,071
Provision for (recapture of) loan losses		(3,600	)		-			500		4,000
Non-interest income		2,032			2,087			2,314		2,440
Non-interest expense		10,236			8,434			7,812		8,276
Income (loss) before income taxes		1,601			1,037			1,789		(1,765	)
Provision for income taxes		6			6			2		15

Net income (loss)	$	1,595		$	1,031		$	1,787	$	(1,780	)

Basic earnings (loss) per share (1)	$	0.07		$	0.05		$	0.08	$	(0.08	)

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (1)	$	0.07		$	0.05		$	0.08	$	(0.08	)
Fiscal 2012:
Interest income	$	9,310		$	9,829		$	9,965	$	10,428
Interest expense		1,295			1,442			1,530		1,598
Net interest income		8,015			8,387			8,435		8,830
Provision for loan losses		17,500			8,100			2,200		1,550
Non-interest income		1,561			1,530			1,832		1,904
Non-interest expense		8,229			10,192			7,845		8,157
Income (loss) before income taxes		(16,153	)		(8,375	)		222		1,027
Provision (benefit) for income taxes		(196	)		8,220			41		313

Net income (loss)	$	(15,957	)	$	(16,595	)	$	181	$	714

Basic earnings (loss) per share (1)	$	(0.71	)	$	(0.74	)	$	0.01	$	0.03

Diluted earnings (loss) per share (1)	$	(0.71	)	$	(0.74	)	$	0.01	$	0.03

(1) Quarterly earnings per share may vary from annual earnings per share due to rounding.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not Applicable

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures: We maintain a system of disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13(a)-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act (the "Exchange Act")) that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported accurately and within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate. An evaluation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures was carried out under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and several other members of the Company’s senior management as of the end of the period covered by this report. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as in effect on March 31, 2013, were effective in ensuring that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 is (i) accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management (including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures, and (ii) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

The Company does not expect that its disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control procedure, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only

107

reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control procedure are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control procedures, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control. The design of any control procedure also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control procedure, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

(b) Changes in Internal Controls: There was no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the Company’s most recently completed fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

(c) Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting: The management of Riverview Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. This internal control system has been designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of the company’s published financial statements.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

The management of Riverview Bancorp, Inc. has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2013. To make the assessment, we used the criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on our assessment, we have concluded that, as of March 31, 2013, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting were effective based on those criteria.

Item 9B. Other Information

There was no information to be disclosed by the Company in a report on Form 8-K during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2013 that was not so disclosed.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information contained under the section captioned "Proposal I - Election of Directors" contained in the Company's Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and "Part I -- Business -- Personnel -- Executive Officers" of this Form 10-K, is incorporated herein by reference.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.

The information concerning compliance with the reporting requirements of Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 by directors, officers and ten percent stockholders of the Company required by this item is incorporated herein by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Code of Ethics

In December 2003, the Board of Directors adopted the Officer and Director Code of Ethics. The code is applicable to each of the Company’s officers, including the principal executive officer and senior financial officers, and requires individuals to maintain the highest standards of professional conduct. A copy of the Code of Ethics is available on the Company’s website at www.riverviewbank.com.

Audit Committee Matters and Audit Committee Financial Expert

The Company has a separately-designated standing Audit Committee, composed of Directors Edward R. Geiger, Gary R. Douglass, and Jerry C. Olson. Each member of the Audit Committee is “independent” as defined in the Nasdaq Stock Market Listing Standards. The Company’s Board of Directors has Mr. Geiger, Audit Committee Chairman, as its financial expert, as defined in SEC’s Regulation S-K.

108

Nomination Procedures

There have been no material changes to the procedures by which shareholders may recommend nominees to the Company’s Board of Directors.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information set forth under the sections captioned "Executive Compensation" and "Directors' Compensation" under "Proposal I - Election of Directors" in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (excluding the information contained under the heading “Personnel/Compensation Committee Report,”) is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information set forth under the caption "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information. The following table summarizes share and exercise price information about the Company’s equity compensation plan as of March 31, 2013.

Plan category	Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options	Weighted- average price of outstanding options	Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans excluding securities reflected in column (A)

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders:	(A)	(B)		(C)
2003 Stock Option Plan	325,000	8.33		105,154
1998 Stock Option Plan	82,500	6.44		-

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders:	-	-		-

Total	407,500			105,154

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information set forth under the headings “Related Party Transactions” and “Director Independence” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The information set forth under the section captioned “Independent Auditor” in the Company’s Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (excluding the information contained under the heading of “Report of the Audit Committee”) is incorporated herein by reference.

109

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)	1.	Financial Statements
		See “Part II –Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

	2.	Financial Statement Schedules
		All schedules are omitted because they are not required or applicable, or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto.

3.	Exhibits
	3.1	Articles of Incorporation of the Registrant (1)
	3.2	Bylaws of the Registrant (1)
	4	Form of Certificate of Common Stock of the Registrant (1)
	10.1	Form of Employment Agreement between the Bank and each of Patrick Sheaffer, Ronald A. Wysaske, David A. Dahlstrom and John A. Karas (2)
	10.2	Employee Severance Compensation Plan (3)
	10.3	Employee Stock Ownership Plan (4)
	10.4	1998 Stock Option Plan (5)
	10.5	2003 Stock Option Plan (6)
	10.6	Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Pursuant to 2003 Stock Option Plan (7)
	10.7	Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Award Pursuant to 2003 Stock Option Plan (7)
	11	Statement of recomputation of per share earnings (See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.)
	21	Subsidiaries of Registrant (8)
	23	Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
	31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
	31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
	32	Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
	101	The following materials from Riverview Bancorp Inc.’s Yearly Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2013, formatted on Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) (a) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (b) Consolidated Statements of Income; (c) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (d) Consolidated Statements of Equity (e) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (f) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (9)

(1)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-30203), and incorporated herein by reference.

(2)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 18, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

(3)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.

(4)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 1998, and incorporated herein by reference.

(5)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Registration No. 333-66049), and incorporated herein by reference.

(6)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Definitive Annual Meeting Proxy Statement (000-22957), filed with the Commission on June 5, 2003, and incorporated herein by reference.

(7)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended December 31, 2005, and incorporated herein by reference.

(8)	Filed as an exhibit to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2007, and incorporated herein by reference.

(9)

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933 or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise not subject to liability under those sections.

110

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	RIVERVIEW BANCORP, INC.

Date: June 12, 2013	By: /s/ Patrick Sheaffer
	Patrick Sheaffer
	Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer (Duly Authorized Representative)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

By: /s/ Patrick Sheaffer	By: /s/ Ronald A. Wysaske
Patrick Sheaffer	Ronald A. Wysaske
Chairman of the Board and	President and Chief Operating Officer
Chief Executive Officer	Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: June 12, 2013	Date: June 12, 2013

By: /s/ Kevin J. Lycklama	By: /s/ Bess R. Wills
Kevin J. Lycklama	Bess R. Wills
Executive Vice President and	Director
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Date: June 12, 2013	Date: June 12, 2013

By: /s/ Gary R. Douglass	By: /s/ Edward R. Geiger
Gary R. Douglass	Edward R. Geiger
Director	Director

Date: June 12, 2013	Date: June 12, 2013

By: /s/ Michael D. Allen	By: /s/ Jerry C. Olson
Michael D. Allen	Jerry C. Olson
Director	Director

Date: June 12, 2013	Date: June 12, 2013

By: /s/ Gerald L. Nies
Gerald L. Nies
Director

Date: June 12, 2013

111

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 32

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Exhibit 101

The following materials from Riverview Bancorp, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended March 31, 2013, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL): (a) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (b) Consolidated Statements of Operations; (c) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (d) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity; (e) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (f) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

112